|
78
|
1 ;;; Do NOT edit this file!
|
|
|
2 ;;; It is automatically generated using "make autoloads"
|
|
|
3 ;;; See update-autoloads.sh and autoload.el for more details.
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
6 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-recompile-directory-norecurse batch-byte-compile display-call-tree byte-compile-sexp byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-file byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "bytecomp/bytecomp.el")
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
8 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
9 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
|
|
|
10 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
12 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
13 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
|
|
|
14 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
|
|
|
15 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also unless argument
|
|
|
16 NORECURSION is non-nil.
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
18 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
|
|
|
19 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
|
|
|
20 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
|
|
|
21 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
23 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
25 If the fourth argument FORCE is non-nil,
|
|
|
26 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
28 (autoload 'byte-recompile-file "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
29 Recompile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME if it needs recompilation.
|
|
|
30 This is if the `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
32 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not*
|
|
|
33 compiled. But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user
|
|
|
34 whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 don't ask and recompile anyway." t nil)
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
36 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
37 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
|
|
|
38 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
|
|
|
39 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling." t nil)
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
41 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
42 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
|
|
|
43 Print the result in the minibuffer.
|
|
|
44 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
46 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
47 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
|
|
|
48 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
50 (autoload 'byte-compile-sexp "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
51 Compile and return SEXP." nil nil)
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
53 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
54 Display a call graph of a specified file.
|
|
|
55 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
|
|
|
56 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
|
|
|
57 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
|
|
|
58 all functions called by those functions.
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
|
|
|
61 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
|
|
|
62 cons, etc.).
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
64 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
|
|
|
65 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
|
|
|
66 invoked interactively." t nil)
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
68 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
69 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
70 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
|
|
|
71 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
|
|
|
72 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
73 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
75 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory-norecurse "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
76 Same as `batch-byte-recompile-directory' but without recursion." nil nil)
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
78 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
79 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
80 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
81 For example, invoke `xemacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
83 ;;;***
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
85 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "bytecomp/disass.el")
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
87 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
|
|
|
88 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
|
|
|
89 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
|
|
|
90 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
|
|
|
91 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
|
|
|
92 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
94 ;;;***
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
96 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el")
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
98 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
100 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
102 ;;;***
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-x" "calendar/cal-x.el")
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
106 (defvar calendar-setup 'one-frame "\
|
|
|
107 The frame set up of the calendar.
|
|
|
108 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
|
|
|
109 dediciated frame) or `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
|
|
|
110 frames); with any other value the current frame is used.")
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
112 ;;;***
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
114 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el")
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
116 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
|
|
|
117 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
|
|
|
118 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
120 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
|
|
|
121 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
|
|
|
122 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
|
|
|
123 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
|
|
|
124 the screen.")
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
126 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
|
|
|
127 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
|
|
|
128 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
|
|
|
129 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
|
|
|
130 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
132 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
|
|
|
133 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
|
|
|
134 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,
|
|
|
135 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
|
|
|
136 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
|
|
|
137 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
|
|
|
138 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
140 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
|
|
|
141 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
|
|
|
142 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
|
|
|
143 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
|
|
|
144 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
146 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
|
|
|
147 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
|
|
|
148 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
150 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
|
|
|
151 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
|
|
|
152 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
154 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
|
|
|
155 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
|
|
|
156 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
|
|
|
157 displayed.")
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
159 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
|
|
|
160 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
|
|
|
161 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
|
|
|
162
|
|
|
163 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
|
|
|
164 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
|
|
|
165 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
167 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
169 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
|
|
|
170 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
|
|
|
171 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
173 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
|
|
|
174 calendar.")
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
176 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
|
|
|
177 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
|
|
|
178 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
180 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
|
|
|
181 calendar.")
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
183 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
|
|
|
184 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
|
|
|
185 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
|
|
|
186
|
|
|
187 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
|
|
|
188 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
|
|
|
189 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
|
|
|
190 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
|
|
|
191 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
193 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
|
|
|
194 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
|
|
|
195 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
|
|
|
196 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
|
|
|
197 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
|
|
|
198 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
|
|
|
199 a function is also provided for this:
|
|
|
200 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
202 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
|
|
|
203 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
|
|
|
204 date is not visible in the window.
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
206 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
|
|
|
207 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
|
|
|
208 functions that move by days and weeks.")
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
210 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
|
|
|
211 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
|
|
|
212
|
|
|
213 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
|
|
|
214 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
|
|
|
215 date is visible in the window.
|
|
|
216
|
|
|
217 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
|
|
|
218 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
|
|
|
219 functions that move by days and weeks.")
|
|
|
220
|
|
|
221 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
|
|
|
222 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
224 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
226 MONTH/DAY
|
|
|
227 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
|
|
|
228 MONTHNAME DAY
|
|
|
229 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
|
|
|
230 DAYNAME
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
232 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
|
|
|
233 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
|
|
|
234 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
|
|
|
235 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
|
|
|
236 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
|
|
|
237 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
|
|
|
238 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
|
|
|
239 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
|
|
|
240 respectively.
|
|
|
241
|
|
|
242 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
|
|
|
243 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
|
|
|
244 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
246 DAY/MONTH
|
|
|
247 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
|
|
|
248 DAY MONTHNAME
|
|
|
249 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
|
|
|
250 DAYNAME
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
252 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
|
|
|
253 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
255 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
|
|
|
256 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
|
|
|
257 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
|
|
|
258 window but will appear in a diary window.
|
|
|
259
|
|
|
260 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
|
|
|
261 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
|
|
|
262
|
|
|
263 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
|
|
|
264 entries (in the default American style):
|
|
|
265
|
|
|
266 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
|
|
|
267 &1/1. Happy New Year!
|
|
|
268 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
|
|
|
269 21: Payday
|
|
|
270 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
|
|
|
271 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
|
|
|
272 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
|
|
|
273 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
|
|
|
274 mar 16 Dad's birthday
|
|
|
275 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
|
|
|
276 &* 15 time cards due.
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
278 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
|
|
|
279 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
|
|
|
280 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
|
|
|
281 single diary entry
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
283 02/11/1989
|
|
|
284 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
|
|
|
285 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
|
|
|
286 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
|
|
|
287 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
|
|
|
288 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
|
|
|
289 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
|
|
|
290
|
|
|
291 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
|
|
|
292 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
|
|
|
293 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
295 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
297 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
|
|
|
298
|
|
|
299 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
|
|
|
300 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
|
|
|
301 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
|
|
|
302 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
|
|
|
303 `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset', `diary-phases-of-moon',
|
|
|
304 `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh', and
|
|
|
305 `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
|
|
|
306 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
|
|
|
307
|
|
|
308 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
|
|
|
309 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
|
|
|
310 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
|
|
|
311 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
|
|
|
312 for these functions for details.
|
|
|
313
|
|
|
314 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
|
|
|
315 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
|
|
|
316
|
|
|
317 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
|
|
|
318 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
|
|
|
319
|
|
|
320 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
|
|
|
321 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
|
|
|
322
|
|
|
323 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
|
|
|
324 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
|
|
|
325
|
|
|
326 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
|
|
|
327 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
|
|
|
328 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
|
|
|
329
|
|
|
330 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
|
|
|
331 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.
|
|
|
332 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
|
|
|
333
|
|
|
334 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
|
|
|
335 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
|
|
|
336 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
|
|
|
337 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
339 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
|
|
|
340 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
|
|
|
341 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
|
|
|
342 1990. The accepted European date styles are
|
|
|
343
|
|
|
344 DAY/MONTH
|
|
|
345 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
|
|
|
346 DAY MONTHNAME
|
|
|
347 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
|
|
|
348 DAYNAME
|
|
|
349
|
|
|
350 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
|
|
|
351 characters with or without a period.")
|
|
|
352
|
|
|
353 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern '((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "\
|
|
|
354 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
|
|
|
355 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
|
|
|
356
|
|
|
357 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern '((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<[^*0-9]") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "\
|
|
|
358 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
|
|
|
359 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
361 (defvar european-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year) "\
|
|
|
362 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
|
|
|
363 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
|
|
|
364
|
|
|
365 (defvar american-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year) "\
|
|
|
366 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
|
|
|
367 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
|
|
|
368
|
|
|
369 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook 'lpr-buffer "\
|
|
|
370 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
|
|
|
371 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
|
|
|
372 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
|
|
|
373 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
|
|
|
374 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
|
|
|
375
|
|
|
376 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
|
|
|
377 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
|
|
|
378 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
380 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
|
|
|
381 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
|
|
|
382 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
|
|
|
383 of the form
|
|
|
384
|
|
|
385 #include \"filename\"
|
|
|
386
|
|
|
387 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
|
|
|
388 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
|
|
|
389 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
|
|
|
390 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
|
|
|
391 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
393 For example, you could use
|
|
|
394
|
|
|
395 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
|
|
|
396 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
|
|
|
397 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
|
|
|
398
|
|
|
399 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
|
|
|
400 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
|
|
|
401 lexicographic order.")
|
|
|
402
|
|
|
403 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
|
|
|
404 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
|
|
|
405 Can be used for appointment notification.")
|
|
|
406
|
|
|
407 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
|
|
|
408 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
|
|
|
409 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
|
|
|
410 diary display.
|
|
|
411
|
|
|
412 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
|
|
|
413 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
|
|
|
414 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
|
|
|
415 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
|
|
|
416 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
|
|
|
417 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
|
|
|
418 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
420 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
|
|
|
421 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
|
|
|
422 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
|
|
|
423 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
|
|
|
424 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
|
|
|
425 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
|
|
|
426 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
|
|
|
427 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
|
|
|
428
|
|
|
429 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
|
|
|
430 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
|
|
|
431 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
|
|
|
432 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
|
|
|
433 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
|
|
|
434 describes the style of such diary entries.")
|
|
|
435
|
|
|
436 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
|
|
|
437 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
|
|
|
438
|
|
|
439 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
|
|
|
440 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together
|
|
|
441 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
|
|
|
442 of the form
|
|
|
443 #include \"filename\"
|
|
|
444 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
|
|
|
445 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
|
|
|
446 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
|
|
|
447 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
|
|
|
448 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
|
|
|
449
|
|
|
450 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
|
|
|
451 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
|
|
|
452 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
|
|
|
453 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
|
|
|
454 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
|
|
|
455 describes the style of such diary entries.")
|
|
|
456
|
|
|
457 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
|
|
|
458 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
|
|
|
459 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
|
|
|
460 are holidays.")
|
|
|
461
|
|
|
462 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
|
|
|
463 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
|
|
|
464 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
|
|
|
465 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
|
|
|
466 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
468 (defvar general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Ground Hog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fool's Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "\
|
|
|
469 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
|
|
|
470 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
471
|
|
|
472 (put 'general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
473
|
|
|
474 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
|
|
|
475 *Local holidays.
|
|
|
476 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
477
|
|
|
478 (put 'local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
479
|
|
|
480 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
|
|
|
481 *User defined holidays.
|
|
|
482 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
484 (put 'other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
485
|
|
|
486 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))
|
|
|
487
|
|
|
488 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
489
|
|
|
490 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
492 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
493
|
|
|
494 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))
|
|
|
495
|
|
|
496 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
497
|
|
|
498 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))
|
|
|
499
|
|
|
500 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
502 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
|
|
|
503 *Jewish holidays.
|
|
|
504 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
505
|
|
|
506 (put 'hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
507
|
|
|
508 (defvar christian-holidays '((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas"))) "\
|
|
|
509 *Christian holidays.
|
|
|
510 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
512 (put 'christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
513
|
|
|
514 (defvar islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))) "\
|
|
|
515 *Islamic holidays.
|
|
|
516 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
517
|
|
|
518 (put 'islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
519
|
|
|
520 (defvar solar-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require 'cal-dst) t) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts '(format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) "")))) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends '(format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))) "\
|
|
|
521 *Sun-related holidays.
|
|
|
522 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
523
|
|
|
524 (put 'solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
526 (defvar calendar-holidays (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays christian-holidays hebrew-holidays islamic-holidays solar-holidays) "\
|
|
|
527 *List of notable days for the command M-x holidays.
|
|
|
528
|
|
|
529 Additional holidays are easy to add to the list, just put them in the list
|
|
|
530 `other-holidays' in your .emacs file. Similarly, by setting any of
|
|
|
531 `general-holidays', `local-holidays' `christian-holidays', `hebrew-holidays',
|
|
|
532 `islamic-holidays', or `solar-holidays' to nil in your .emacs file, you can
|
|
|
533 eliminate unwanted categories of holidays. The intention is that (in the US)
|
|
|
534 `local-holidays' be set in site-init.el and `other-holidays' be set by the
|
|
|
535 user.
|
|
|
536
|
|
|
537 Entries on the list are expressions that return (possibly empty) lists of
|
|
|
538 items of the form ((month day year) string) of a holiday in the in the
|
|
|
539 three-month period centered around `displayed-month' of `displayed-year'.
|
|
|
540 Several basic functions are provided for this purpose:
|
|
|
541
|
|
|
542 (holiday-fixed MONTH DAY STRING) is a fixed date on the Gregorian calendar
|
|
|
543 (holiday-float MONTH DAYNAME K STRING &optional day) is the Kth DAYNAME in
|
|
|
544 MONTH on the Gregorian calendar (0 for Sunday,
|
|
|
545 etc.); K<0 means count back from the end of the
|
|
|
546 month. An optional parameter DAY means the Kth
|
|
|
547 DAYNAME after/before MONTH DAY.
|
|
|
548 (holiday-hebrew MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Hebrew calendar
|
|
|
549 (holiday-islamic MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Islamic calendar
|
|
|
550 (holiday-julian MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Julian calendar
|
|
|
551 (holiday-sexp SEXP STRING) SEXP is a Gregorian-date-valued expression
|
|
|
552 in the variable `year'; if it evaluates to
|
|
|
553 a visible date, that's the holiday; if it
|
|
|
554 evaluates to nil, there's no holiday. STRING
|
|
|
555 is an expression in the variable `date'.
|
|
|
556
|
|
|
557 For example, to add Bastille Day, celebrated in France on July 14, add
|
|
|
558
|
|
|
559 (holiday-fixed 7 14 \"Bastille Day\")
|
|
|
560
|
|
|
561 to the list. To add Hurricane Supplication Day, celebrated in the Virgin
|
|
|
562 Islands on the fourth Monday in August, add
|
|
|
563
|
|
|
564 (holiday-float 8 1 4 \"Hurricane Supplication Day\")
|
|
|
565
|
|
|
566 to the list (the last Monday would be specified with `-1' instead of `4').
|
|
|
567 To add the last day of Hanukkah to the list, use
|
|
|
568
|
|
|
569 (holiday-hebrew 10 2 \"Last day of Hanukkah\")
|
|
|
570
|
|
|
571 since the Hebrew months are numbered with 1 starting from Nisan, while to
|
|
|
572 add the Islamic feast celebrating Mohammed's birthday use
|
|
|
573
|
|
|
574 (holiday-islamic 3 12 \"Mohammed's Birthday\")
|
|
|
575
|
|
|
576 since the Islamic months are numbered from 1 starting with Muharram. To
|
|
|
577 add Thomas Jefferson's birthday, April 2, 1743 (Julian), use
|
|
|
578
|
|
|
579 (holiday-julian 4 2 \"Jefferson's Birthday\")
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
581 To include a holiday conditionally, use the sexp form or a conditional. For
|
|
|
582 example, to include American presidential elections, which occur on the first
|
|
|
583 Tuesday after the first Monday in November of years divisible by 4, add
|
|
|
584
|
|
|
585 (holiday-sexp
|
|
|
586 (if (zerop (% year 4))
|
|
|
587 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
|
|
|
588 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
|
|
|
589 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
|
|
|
590 (list 11 1 year)))))))
|
|
|
591 \"US Presidential Election\")
|
|
|
592
|
|
|
593 or
|
|
|
594
|
|
|
595 (if (zerop (% displayed-year 4))
|
|
|
596 (holiday-fixed 11
|
|
|
597 (extract-calendar-day
|
|
|
598 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
|
|
|
599 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
|
|
|
600 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
|
|
|
601 (list 11 1 displayed-year)))))))
|
|
|
602 \"US Presidential Election\"))
|
|
|
603
|
|
|
604 to the list. To include the phases of the moon, add
|
|
|
605
|
|
|
606 (lunar-phases)
|
|
|
607
|
|
|
608 to the holiday list, where `lunar-phases' is an Emacs-Lisp function that
|
|
|
609 you've written to return a (possibly empty) list of the relevant VISIBLE dates
|
|
|
610 with descriptive strings such as
|
|
|
611
|
|
|
612 (((2 6 1989) \"New Moon\") ((2 12 1989) \"First Quarter Moon\") ... ).")
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
614 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
615
|
|
|
616 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
|
|
|
617 Display a three-month calendar in another window.
|
|
|
618 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in the middle
|
|
|
619 surrounded by the previous and next months. The cursor is put on today's date.
|
|
|
620
|
|
|
621 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
622
|
|
|
623 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file; appropriate setting
|
|
|
624 of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' will cause the diary entries for
|
|
|
625 the current date to be displayed in another window. The value of the variable
|
|
|
626 `number-of-diary-entries' controls the number of days of diary entries
|
|
|
627 displayed upon initial display of the calendar.
|
|
|
628
|
|
|
629 An optional prefix argument ARG causes the calendar displayed to be ARG
|
|
|
630 months in the future if ARG is positive or in the past if ARG is negative;
|
|
|
631 in this case the cursor goes on the first day of the month.
|
|
|
632
|
|
|
633 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved into view.
|
|
|
634 Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar can be scrolled forward
|
|
|
635 or backward.
|
|
|
636
|
|
|
637 The cursor can be moved forward or backward by one day, one week, one month,
|
|
|
638 or one year. All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
|
|
|
639 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the digit keys
|
|
|
640 and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. The window is replotted as
|
|
|
641 necessary to display the desired date.
|
|
|
642
|
|
|
643 Diary entries can be marked on the calendar or displayed in another window.
|
|
|
644
|
|
|
645 Use M-x describe-mode for details of the key bindings in the calendar window.
|
|
|
646
|
|
|
647 The Gregorian calendar is assumed.
|
|
|
648
|
|
|
649 After loading the calendar, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
650 `calendar-load-hook' are run. This is the place to add key bindings to the
|
|
|
651 calendar-mode-map.
|
|
|
652
|
|
|
653 After preparing the calendar window initially, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
654 `initial-calendar-window-hook' are run.
|
|
|
655
|
|
|
656 The hooks given by the variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' are run
|
|
|
657 everytime the calendar window gets scrolled, if the current date is visible
|
|
|
658 in the window. If it is not visible, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
659 `today-invisible-calendar-hook' are run. Thus, for example, setting
|
|
|
660 `today-visible-calendar-hook' to 'calendar-star-date will cause today's date
|
|
|
661 to be replaced by asterisks to highlight it whenever it is in the window." t nil)
|
|
|
662
|
|
|
663 (autoload 'list-yahrzeit-dates "calendar" "\
|
|
|
664 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
|
|
|
665 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
|
|
|
666 from the cursor position." t nil)
|
|
|
667
|
|
|
668 ;;;***
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
670 ;;;### (autoloads (diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el")
|
|
|
671
|
|
|
672 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
|
|
|
673 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
|
|
|
674 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
|
|
|
675 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
|
|
|
676 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
|
|
|
677
|
|
|
678 ;;;***
|
|
|
679
|
|
|
680 ;;;### (autoloads (holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el")
|
|
|
681
|
|
|
682 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
|
|
|
683 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
|
|
|
684 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
685
|
|
|
686 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
687
|
|
|
688 ;;;***
|
|
|
689
|
|
|
690 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el")
|
|
|
691
|
|
|
692 (autoload 'phases-of-moon "lunar" "\
|
|
|
693 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
|
|
|
694 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
695
|
|
|
696 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
697
|
|
|
698 ;;;***
|
|
|
699
|
|
|
700 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el")
|
|
|
701
|
|
|
702 (defvar calendar-time-display-form '(12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")")) "\
|
|
|
703 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
|
|
|
704
|
|
|
705 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
|
|
|
706 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
|
|
|
707 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
|
|
|
708
|
|
|
709 For example, the form
|
|
|
710
|
|
|
711 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
|
|
|
712 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
|
|
|
713
|
|
|
714 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
|
|
|
715
|
|
|
716 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
|
|
|
717 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
|
|
|
718
|
|
|
719 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
|
|
|
720 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
|
|
|
721 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
|
|
|
722 York City.
|
|
|
723
|
|
|
724 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
725
|
|
|
726 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
|
|
|
727 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
|
|
|
728
|
|
|
729 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
|
|
|
730 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
|
|
|
731 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
|
|
|
732 York City.
|
|
|
733
|
|
|
734 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
735
|
|
|
736 (defvar calendar-location-name '(let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'north) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'east) "E" "W")))) "\
|
|
|
737 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', calendar-latitude'.
|
|
|
738 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
|
|
|
739 pair.
|
|
|
740
|
|
|
741 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
742
|
|
|
743 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
|
|
|
744 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to +/- 2 minutes.
|
|
|
745 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
|
|
|
746
|
|
|
747 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
|
|
|
748 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
|
|
|
749
|
|
|
750 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
751
|
|
|
752 (autoload 'solar-equinoxes-solstices "solar" "\
|
|
|
753 Date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
|
|
|
754 Requires floating point." nil nil)
|
|
|
755
|
|
|
756 ;;;***
|
|
|
757
|
|
|
758 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-dynamic-list-completions comint-dynamic-complete comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint/comint.el")
|
|
|
759
|
|
|
760 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
|
|
|
761 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
|
|
|
762 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
|
|
|
763 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
|
|
|
764 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
|
|
|
765 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
|
|
|
766 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
|
|
|
767 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
|
|
|
768
|
|
|
769 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
|
|
|
770
|
|
|
771 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
|
|
|
772 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
|
|
|
773 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
|
|
|
774 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
|
|
|
775 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
|
|
|
776 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
|
|
|
777
|
|
|
778 (autoload 'comint-dynamic-complete "comint" "\
|
|
|
779 Dynamically perform completion at point.
|
|
|
780 Calls the functions in `comint-dynamic-complete-functions' to perform
|
|
|
781 completion until a function returns non-nil, at which point completion is
|
|
|
782 assumed to have occurred." t nil)
|
|
|
783
|
|
|
784 (autoload 'comint-dynamic-list-completions "comint" "\
|
|
|
785 List in help buffer sorted COMPLETIONS.
|
|
|
786 Typing SPC flushes the help buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
787
|
|
|
788 ;;;***
|
|
|
789
|
|
|
790 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb) "gdb" "comint/gdb.el")
|
|
|
791
|
|
|
792 (defvar gdb-command-name "gdb" "\
|
|
|
793 Pathname for executing gdb.")
|
|
|
794
|
|
|
795 (autoload 'gdb "gdb" "\
|
|
|
796 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gdb-FILE*.
|
|
|
797 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
798 and source-file directory for GDB. If you wish to change this, use
|
|
|
799 the GDB commands `cd DIR' and `directory'." t nil)
|
|
|
800
|
|
|
801 ;;;***
|
|
|
802
|
|
|
803 ;;;### (autoloads (gdbsrc) "gdbsrc" "comint/gdbsrc.el")
|
|
|
804
|
|
|
805 (autoload 'gdbsrc "gdbsrc" "\
|
|
|
806 Activates a gdb session with gdbsrc-mode turned on. A numeric prefix
|
|
|
807 argument can be used to specify a running process to attach, and a non-numeric
|
|
|
808 prefix argument will cause you to be prompted for a core file to debug." t nil)
|
|
|
809
|
|
|
810 ;;;***
|
|
|
811
|
|
|
812 ;;;### (autoloads (perldb xdb dbx sdb) "gud" "comint/gud.el")
|
|
|
813
|
|
|
814 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
|
|
|
815 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
816 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
817 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
818
|
|
|
819 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
|
|
|
820 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
821 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
822 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
823
|
|
|
824 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
|
|
|
825 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
826 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
827 and source-file directory for your debugger.
|
|
|
828
|
|
|
829 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
|
|
|
830 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
|
|
|
831
|
|
|
832 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
|
|
|
833 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
834 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
835 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
836
|
|
|
837 ;;;***
|
|
|
838
|
|
|
839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "comint/inf-lisp.el")
|
|
|
840
|
|
|
841 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
|
|
|
842
|
|
|
843 ;;;***
|
|
|
844
|
|
|
845 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "comint/rlogin.el")
|
|
|
846
|
|
|
847 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
|
|
|
848
|
|
|
849 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
|
|
|
850 Open a network login connection to HOST via the `rlogin' program.
|
|
|
851 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
|
|
|
852
|
|
|
853 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
|
|
|
854 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
|
|
|
855 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
|
|
|
856 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
|
|
|
857
|
|
|
858 When called from a program, if the optional second argument is a string or
|
|
|
859 buffer, it names the buffer to use.
|
|
|
860
|
|
|
861 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
|
|
|
862 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
|
|
|
863
|
|
|
864 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
|
|
|
865 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
|
|
|
866 INPUT-ARGS.
|
|
|
867
|
|
|
868 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
|
|
|
869 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
|
|
|
870 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
|
|
|
871 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
|
|
|
872 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
|
|
|
873
|
|
|
874 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
|
|
|
875 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
|
|
|
876 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
|
|
|
877 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
|
|
|
878
|
|
|
879 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
|
|
|
880 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
|
|
|
881 variable." t nil)
|
|
|
882
|
|
|
883 ;;;***
|
|
|
884
|
|
|
885 ;;;### (autoloads (shell) "shell" "comint/shell.el")
|
|
|
886
|
|
|
887 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern (purecopy "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *") "\
|
|
|
888 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
|
|
|
889 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
|
|
|
890 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
|
|
|
891 shell buffer.
|
|
|
892
|
|
|
893 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
|
|
|
894 shell-mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
|
|
|
895 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
|
|
|
896
|
|
|
897 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
|
|
|
898
|
|
|
899 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
|
|
|
900 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
|
|
|
901 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
|
|
|
902 If buffer exists and shell process is running,
|
|
|
903 just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
|
|
|
904 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
|
|
|
905 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
|
|
|
906 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
|
|
|
907 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
|
|
|
908 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
|
|
|
909 discards input when it starts up.)
|
|
|
910 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
|
|
|
911 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
|
|
|
912 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
|
|
|
913
|
|
|
914 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
|
|
|
915 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
|
|
|
916 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
|
|
|
917 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
|
|
|
918
|
|
|
919 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
|
|
|
920
|
|
|
921 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
|
|
|
922
|
|
|
923 ;;;***
|
|
|
924
|
|
|
925 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "comint/telnet.el")
|
|
|
926
|
|
|
927 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
|
|
|
928
|
|
|
929 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
|
|
|
930 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
|
|
|
931 With a prefix argument, prompts for the port name or number as well.
|
|
|
932 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*HOST-telnet*'.
|
|
|
933 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
|
|
|
934 See also `\\[rsh]'." t nil)
|
|
|
935
|
|
|
936 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
|
|
|
937
|
|
|
938 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
|
|
|
939 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
|
|
|
940 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
|
|
|
941 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
|
|
|
942 See also `\\[telnet]'." t nil)
|
|
|
943
|
|
|
944 ;;;***
|
|
|
945
|
|
|
946 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "dired/ange-ftp.el")
|
|
|
947
|
|
|
948 (defvar ange-ftp-path-format '("^/\\(\\([^@/:]*\\)@\\)?\\([^@/:]*\\):\\(.*\\)" 3 2 4) "\
|
|
|
949 *Format of a fully expanded remote pathname. This is a cons
|
|
|
950 \(REGEXP . (HOST USER PATH)), where REGEXP is a regular expression matching
|
|
|
951 the full remote pathname, and HOST, USER, and PATH are the numbers of
|
|
|
952 parenthesized expressions in REGEXP for the components (in that order).")
|
|
|
953
|
|
|
954 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
955
|
|
|
956 (or (assoc (car ange-ftp-path-format) file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (cons (car ange-ftp-path-format) 'ange-ftp-hook-function) file-name-handler-alist)))
|
|
|
957
|
|
|
958 ;;;***
|
|
|
959
|
|
|
960 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-make-permissions-interactive) "dired-chmod" "dired/dired-chmod.el")
|
|
|
961
|
|
|
962 (autoload 'dired-make-permissions-interactive "dired-chmod" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
963
|
|
|
964 ;;;***
|
|
|
965
|
|
|
966 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-cwd-make-magic) "dired-cwd" "dired/dired-cwd.el")
|
|
|
967
|
|
|
968 (autoload 'dired-cwd-make-magic "dired-cwd" "\
|
|
|
969 Modify COMMAND so that it's working directory is the current dired directory.
|
|
|
970 This works by binding `default-directory' to `(default-directory)'s value.
|
|
|
971 See also function `default-directory'." t nil)
|
|
|
972
|
|
|
973 ;;;***
|
|
|
974
|
|
|
975 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-rename-list dired-do-rename-numeric) "dired-num" "dired/dired-num.el")
|
|
|
976
|
|
|
977 (autoload 'dired-do-rename-numeric "dired-num" "\
|
|
|
978 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files using numbers.
|
|
|
979 You are prompted for a format string, e.g \"part_%d_of_8\", and a starting
|
|
|
980 number, e.g. 1. If there are 8 marked files, this example will rename them to
|
|
|
981
|
|
|
982 part_1_of_8
|
|
|
983 part_2_of_8
|
|
|
984 ...
|
|
|
985 part_8_of_8" t nil)
|
|
|
986
|
|
|
987 (autoload 'dired-do-rename-list "dired-num" "\
|
|
|
988 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files using elements from LIST.
|
|
|
989 You are prompted for a format string, e.g \"x_%s\", and the list,
|
|
|
990 e.g. '(foo bar zod). This example will rename the marked files to
|
|
|
991
|
|
|
992 x_foo
|
|
|
993 x_bar
|
|
|
994 x_zod
|
|
|
995
|
|
|
996 It is an error if LIST has not as many elements as there are files." t nil)
|
|
|
997
|
|
|
998 ;;;***
|
|
|
999
|
|
|
1000 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-rcs-mark-rcs-files dired-rcs-mark-rcs-locked-files) "dired-rcs" "dired/dired-rcs.el")
|
|
|
1001
|
|
|
1002 (autoload 'dired-rcs-mark-rcs-locked-files "dired-rcs" "\
|
|
|
1003 Mark all files that are under RCS control and RCS-locked.
|
|
|
1004 With prefix argument, unflag all those files.
|
|
|
1005 Mentions RCS files for which a working file was not found in this buffer.
|
|
|
1006 Type \\[dired-why] to see them again." t nil)
|
|
|
1007
|
|
|
1008 (autoload 'dired-rcs-mark-rcs-files "dired-rcs" "\
|
|
|
1009 Mark all files that are under RCS control.
|
|
|
1010 With prefix argument, unflag all those files.
|
|
|
1011 Mentions RCS files for which a working file was not found in this buffer.
|
|
|
1012 Type \\[dired-why] to see them again." t nil)
|
|
|
1013
|
|
|
1014 ;;;***
|
|
|
1015
|
|
|
1016 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-extra-startup) "dired-x" "dired/dired-x.el")
|
|
|
1017
|
|
|
1018 (autoload 'dired-extra-startup "dired-x" "\
|
|
|
1019 Automatically put on dired-mode-hook to get extra dired features:
|
|
|
1020 \\<dired-mode-map>
|
|
|
1021 \\[dired-vm] -- VM on folder
|
|
|
1022 \\[dired-rmail] -- Rmail on folder
|
|
|
1023 \\[dired-do-insert-subdir] -- insert all marked subdirs
|
|
|
1024 \\[dired-do-find-file] -- visit all marked files simultaneously
|
|
|
1025 \\[dired-set-marker-char], \\[dired-restore-marker-char] -- change and display dired-marker-char dynamically.
|
|
|
1026 \\[dired-omit-toggle] -- toggle omitting of files
|
|
|
1027 \\[dired-mark-sexp] -- mark by lisp expression
|
|
|
1028 \\[dired-do-unmark] -- replace existing marker with another.
|
|
|
1029 \\[dired-mark-rcs-files] -- mark all RCS controlled files
|
|
|
1030 \\[dired-mark-files-compilation-buffer] -- mark compilation files
|
|
|
1031 \\[dired-copy-filename-as-kill] -- copy the file or subdir names into the kill ring.
|
|
|
1032 You can feed it to other commands using \\[yank].
|
|
|
1033
|
|
|
1034 For more features, see variables
|
|
|
1035
|
|
|
1036 dired-omit-files
|
|
|
1037 dired-omit-extenstions
|
|
|
1038 dired-dangerous-shell-command
|
|
|
1039 dired-mark-keys
|
|
|
1040 dired-local-variables-file
|
|
|
1041 dired-find-subdir
|
|
|
1042 dired-guess-have-gnutar
|
|
|
1043 dired-auto-shell-command-alist
|
|
|
1044
|
|
|
1045 See also functions
|
|
|
1046
|
|
|
1047 dired-sort-on-size
|
|
|
1048 dired-do-relsymlink
|
|
|
1049 dired-flag-extension
|
|
|
1050 dired-virtual
|
|
|
1051 dired-jump-back
|
|
|
1052 dired-jump-back-other-window
|
|
|
1053 " t nil)
|
|
|
1054
|
|
|
1055 ;;;***
|
|
|
1056
|
|
|
1057 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired) "dired" "dired/dired.el")
|
|
|
1058
|
|
|
1059 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
|
|
|
1060 *Switches passed to ls for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
|
|
|
1061 Can contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'.")
|
|
|
1062
|
|
|
1063 (defvar dired-chown-program (purecopy (if (memq system-type '(dgux-unix hpux usg-unix-v silicon-graphics-unix irix)) "chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
|
|
|
1064 *Name of chown command (usully `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
|
|
|
1065
|
|
|
1066 (defvar dired-ls-program (purecopy "ls") "\
|
|
|
1067 *Absolute or relative name of the ls program used by dired.")
|
|
|
1068
|
|
|
1069 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks t "\
|
|
|
1070 *Informs dired about how ls -lF marks symbolic links.
|
|
|
1071 Set this to t if `dired-ls-program' with -lF marks the symbolic link
|
|
|
1072 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
|
|
|
1073
|
|
|
1074 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
|
|
|
1075 nil, if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
|
|
|
1076
|
|
|
1077 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
|
|
|
1078 marking ls program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
|
|
|
1079 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
|
|
|
1080 always set this variable to t.")
|
|
|
1081
|
|
|
1082 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames (purecopy "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#") "\
|
|
|
1083 *Regexp of files to skip when moving point to the first file of a new directory listing.
|
|
|
1084 Nil means move to the subdir line, t means move to first file.")
|
|
|
1085
|
|
|
1086 (defvar dired-keep-marker-move t "\
|
|
|
1087 If t, moved marked files are marked if their originals were.
|
|
|
1088 If a character, those files (marked or not) are marked with that character.")
|
|
|
1089
|
|
|
1090 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy ?C "\
|
|
|
1091 If t, copied files are marked if their source files were.
|
|
|
1092 If a character, those files are always marked with that character.")
|
|
|
1093
|
|
|
1094 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink ?H "\
|
|
|
1095 If t, hard-linked files are marked if the linked-to files were.
|
|
|
1096 If a character, those files are always marked with that character.")
|
|
|
1097
|
|
|
1098 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink ?Y "\
|
|
|
1099 If t, symlinked marked files are marked if the linked-to files were.
|
|
|
1100 If a character, those files are always marked with that character.")
|
|
|
1101
|
|
|
1102 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
|
|
|
1103 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory:
|
|
|
1104 If there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window, use
|
|
|
1105 its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired
|
|
|
1106 buffer.
|
|
|
1107
|
|
|
1108 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, move etc.")
|
|
|
1109
|
|
|
1110 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time nil "\
|
|
|
1111 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
|
|
|
1112 \(This works on only some systems.)\\<dired-mode-map>
|
|
|
1113 Use `\\[dired-do-copy]' with a zero prefix argument to toggle its value.")
|
|
|
1114
|
|
|
1115 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
|
|
|
1116
|
|
|
1117 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
|
|
|
1118 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
|
|
|
1119 With an optional prefix argument you can specify the ls SWITCHES that are used.
|
|
|
1120 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
|
|
|
1121 shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
|
|
|
1122 You can move around in it with the usual commands.
|
|
|
1123 You can flag files for deletion with \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-flag-file-deleted] and then delete them by
|
|
|
1124 typing \\[dired-do-deletions].
|
|
|
1125 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
|
|
|
1126
|
|
|
1127 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
|
|
|
1128
|
|
|
1129 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
|
|
|
1130
|
|
|
1131 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
|
|
|
1132 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
1133
|
|
|
1134 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
|
|
|
1135
|
|
|
1136 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
|
|
|
1137 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
|
|
|
1138
|
|
|
1139 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
|
|
|
1140 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
|
|
|
1141
|
|
|
1142 ;;;***
|
|
|
1143
|
|
|
1144 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired" "dired/find-dired.el")
|
|
|
1145
|
|
|
1146 (defvar find-ls-option (purecopy (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) '("-ls" . "-gilsb") '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
|
|
|
1147 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
|
|
|
1148 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
|
|
|
1149 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
|
|
|
1150 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
|
|
|
1151
|
|
|
1152 (defvar find-grep-options (purecopy (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) "-s" "-q")) "\
|
|
|
1153 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
|
|
|
1154 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
|
|
|
1155 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
|
|
|
1156
|
|
|
1157 (defvar find-dired-multiple-buffers nil "\
|
|
|
1158 *If non-nil, generates a new buffer for each find")
|
|
|
1159
|
|
|
1160 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
|
|
|
1161 Run `find' and go into dired-mode on a buffer of the output.
|
|
|
1162 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
|
|
|
1163
|
|
|
1164 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls" t nil)
|
|
|
1165
|
|
|
1166 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
|
|
|
1167 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
|
|
|
1168 and run dired on those files.
|
|
|
1169 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
|
|
|
1170 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
|
|
|
1171
|
|
|
1172 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
|
|
|
1173
|
|
|
1174 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
|
|
|
1175 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
|
|
|
1176 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
|
|
|
1177
|
|
|
1178 find . -type f -exec test -r {} \\; -exec egrep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
|
|
|
1179
|
|
|
1180 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
|
|
|
1181
|
|
|
1182 ;;;***
|
|
|
1183
|
|
|
1184 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "edebug/edebug.el")
|
|
|
1185
|
|
|
1186 (autoload 'def-edebug-spec "edebug" "\
|
|
|
1187 Set the edebug-form-spec property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
|
|
|
1188 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
|
|
|
1189 \(naming a function), or a list." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
1190
|
|
|
1191 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
|
|
|
1192
|
|
|
1193 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
|
|
|
1194 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
|
|
|
1195 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
|
|
|
1196 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
|
|
|
1197 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
|
|
|
1198
|
|
|
1199 ;;;***
|
|
|
1200
|
|
|
1201 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff/ediff-mult.el")
|
|
|
1202
|
|
|
1203 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
|
|
|
1204 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
|
|
|
1205
|
|
|
1206 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
|
|
|
1207
|
|
|
1208 ;;;***
|
|
|
1209
|
|
|
1210 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "ediff/ediff-util.el")
|
|
|
1211
|
|
|
1212 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
|
|
|
1213 Switch from the multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
|
|
|
1214 For a permanent change, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
|
|
|
1215 which see." t nil)
|
|
|
1216
|
|
|
1217 ;;;***
|
|
|
1218
|
|
|
1219 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff/ediff.el")
|
|
|
1220
|
|
|
1221 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1222 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
|
|
|
1223
|
|
|
1224 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1225 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
|
|
|
1226
|
|
|
1227 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
|
|
|
1228
|
|
|
1229 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
|
|
|
1230
|
|
|
1231 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1232 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
|
|
|
1233
|
|
|
1234 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
|
|
|
1235
|
|
|
1236 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1237 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
|
|
|
1238
|
|
|
1239 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
|
|
|
1240
|
|
|
1241 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1242 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
|
|
|
1243 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
1244 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
1245
|
|
|
1246 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
|
|
|
1247
|
|
|
1248 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1249 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
|
|
|
1250 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
1251 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
1252
|
|
|
1253 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
|
|
|
1254
|
|
|
1255 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1256 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
|
|
|
1257 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
|
|
|
1258 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
1259
|
|
|
1260 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
|
|
|
1261
|
|
|
1262 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1263 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
|
|
|
1264 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
1265 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
1266
|
|
|
1267 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
|
|
|
1268
|
|
|
1269 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1270 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
|
|
|
1271 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
|
|
|
1272 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
|
|
|
1273 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
1274 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
1275
|
|
|
1276 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1277 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
|
|
|
1278 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
1279 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
1280
|
|
|
1281 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
|
|
|
1282
|
|
|
1283 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1284 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
|
|
|
1285 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
1286 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
1287
|
|
|
1288 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
1289
|
|
|
1290 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
1291
|
|
|
1292 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1293 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
|
|
|
1294 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
|
|
|
1295 follows:
|
|
|
1296 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
|
|
|
1297 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
|
|
|
1298
|
|
|
1299 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1300 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
|
|
|
1301 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
|
|
|
1302 follows:
|
|
|
1303 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
|
|
|
1304 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
|
|
|
1305
|
|
|
1306 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1307 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
|
|
|
1308 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
|
|
|
1309 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
|
|
|
1310 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
|
|
|
1311
|
|
|
1312 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1313 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
|
|
|
1314 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
|
|
|
1315 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
|
|
|
1316 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
|
|
|
1317 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
|
|
|
1318
|
|
|
1319 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
|
|
|
1320
|
|
|
1321 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1322 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1323
|
|
|
1324 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1325 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1326
|
|
|
1327 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
1328
|
|
|
1329 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1330 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1331
|
|
|
1332 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1333 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1334
|
|
|
1335 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1336 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
|
|
|
1337 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
|
1338 buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1339
|
|
|
1340 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1341 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
|
|
|
1342 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
|
1343 buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1344
|
|
|
1345 (autoload 'run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1346 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
|
|
|
1347 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a lide describing a
|
|
|
1348 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
|
|
|
1349
|
|
|
1350 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1351 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME." t nil)
|
|
|
1352
|
|
|
1353 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1354 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
1355
|
|
|
1356 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
|
|
|
1357
|
|
|
1358 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
|
|
|
1359
|
|
|
1360 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1361 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
|
|
|
1362 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
|
1363 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
|
|
|
1364
|
|
|
1365 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1366 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
|
|
|
1367 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
|
|
|
1368
|
|
|
1369 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1370 Display Ediff's manual.
|
|
|
1371 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
|
|
|
1372
|
|
|
1373 ;;;***
|
|
|
1374
|
|
|
1375 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "electric/ebuff-menu.el")
|
|
|
1376
|
|
|
1377 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
|
|
|
1378 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
|
|
|
1379 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
|
|
|
1380 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
|
|
|
1381
|
|
|
1382 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
|
|
|
1383 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
|
|
|
1384 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
|
|
|
1385
|
|
|
1386 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
|
|
|
1387 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
|
|
|
1388 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
|
|
|
1389
|
|
|
1390 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
|
|
|
1391
|
|
|
1392 Non-null optional arg FILES-ONLY means mention only file buffers.
|
|
|
1393 When called from Lisp code, FILES-ONLY may be a regular expression,
|
|
|
1394 in which case only buffers whose names match that expression are listed,
|
|
|
1395 or an arbitrary predicate function.
|
|
|
1396
|
|
|
1397 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
1398
|
|
|
1399 ;;;***
|
|
|
1400
|
|
|
1401 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-command-history Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "electric/echistory.el")
|
|
|
1402
|
|
|
1403 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
|
|
|
1404 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
|
|
|
1405 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
|
|
|
1406
|
|
|
1407 (autoload 'electric-command-history "echistory" "\
|
|
|
1408 \\<electric-history-map>Major mode for examining and redoing commands from `command-history'.
|
|
|
1409 This pops up a window with the Command History listing.
|
|
|
1410 The number of command listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
1411 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
1412 Combines typeout Command History list window with menu like selection
|
|
|
1413 of an expression from the history for re-evaluation in the *original* buffer.
|
|
|
1414
|
|
|
1415 The history displayed is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
1416
|
|
|
1417 Like Emacs-Lisp mode except that characters do not insert themselves and
|
|
|
1418 Tab and Linefeed do not indent. Instead these commands are provided:
|
|
|
1419 \\{electric-history-map}
|
|
|
1420
|
|
|
1421 Calls the value of `electric-command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
|
|
|
1422 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
|
|
|
1423
|
|
|
1424 ;;;***
|
|
|
1425
|
|
|
1426 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "electric/ehelp.el")
|
|
|
1427
|
|
|
1428 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
|
|
|
1429 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
|
|
|
1430 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
|
|
|
1431 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
|
|
|
1432 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
|
|
|
1433 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
|
|
|
1434 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
|
|
|
1435 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
|
|
|
1436
|
|
|
1437 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
|
|
|
1438 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
|
|
|
1439
|
|
|
1440 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
|
|
|
1441 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
|
|
|
1442 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
|
|
|
1443 this value is non-nil.
|
|
|
1444
|
|
|
1445 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
|
|
|
1446 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
|
|
|
1447 things.
|
|
|
1448
|
|
|
1449 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
|
|
|
1450 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
|
|
|
1451 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
|
|
|
1452
|
|
|
1453 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
1454
|
|
|
1455 ;;;***
|
|
|
1456
|
|
|
1457 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "electric/helper.el")
|
|
|
1458
|
|
|
1459 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
|
|
|
1460 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1461
|
|
|
1462 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
|
|
|
1463 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1464
|
|
|
1465 ;;;***
|
|
|
1466
|
|
|
1467 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulators/edt.el")
|
|
|
1468
|
|
|
1469 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
|
|
|
1470 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
|
|
|
1471
|
|
|
1472 ;;;***
|
|
|
1473
|
|
|
1474 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulators/mlconvert.el")
|
|
|
1475
|
|
|
1476 (autoload 'convert-mocklisp-buffer "mlconvert" "\
|
|
|
1477 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
|
|
|
1478
|
|
|
1479 ;;;***
|
|
|
1480
|
|
|
1481 ;;;### (autoloads (teco-command) "teco" "emulators/teco.el")
|
|
|
1482
|
|
|
1483 (autoload 'teco-command "teco" "\
|
|
|
1484 Read and execute a Teco command string." t nil)
|
|
|
1485
|
|
|
1486 ;;;***
|
|
|
1487
|
|
|
1488 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulators/tpu-edt.el")
|
|
|
1489
|
|
|
1490 (fset 'tpu-edt-mode 'tpu-edt-on)
|
|
|
1491
|
|
|
1492 (fset 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
|
|
|
1493
|
|
|
1494 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
|
|
|
1495 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
|
|
|
1496
|
|
|
1497 ;;;***
|
|
|
1498
|
|
|
1499 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "emulators/tpu-extras.el")
|
|
|
1500
|
|
|
1501 (autoload 'tpu-set-scroll-margins "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1502 Set scroll margins." t nil)
|
|
|
1503
|
|
|
1504 (autoload 'tpu-set-cursor-free "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1505 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
|
|
|
1506
|
|
|
1507 (autoload 'tpu-set-cursor-bound "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1508 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
|
|
|
1509
|
|
|
1510 ;;;***
|
|
|
1511
|
|
|
1512 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulators/ws-mode.el")
|
|
|
1513
|
|
|
1514 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
|
|
|
1515 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
|
|
|
1516
|
|
|
1517 BUGS:
|
|
|
1518 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
|
|
|
1519 are not implemented
|
|
|
1520 - Options for search and replace
|
|
|
1521 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
|
|
|
1522 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
|
|
|
1523
|
|
|
1524 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
|
|
|
1525 Emacs-like.
|
|
|
1526
|
|
|
1527 The key bindings are:
|
|
|
1528
|
|
|
1529 C-a backward-word
|
|
|
1530 C-b fill-paragraph
|
|
|
1531 C-c scroll-up-line
|
|
|
1532 C-d forward-char
|
|
|
1533 C-e previous-line
|
|
|
1534 C-f forward-word
|
|
|
1535 C-g delete-char
|
|
|
1536 C-h backward-char
|
|
|
1537 C-i indent-for-tab-command
|
|
|
1538 C-j help-for-help
|
|
|
1539 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
|
|
|
1540 C-l ws-repeat-search
|
|
|
1541 C-n open-line
|
|
|
1542 C-p quoted-insert
|
|
|
1543 C-r scroll-down-line
|
|
|
1544 C-s backward-char
|
|
|
1545 C-t kill-word
|
|
|
1546 C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1547 C-v overwrite-mode
|
|
|
1548 C-w scroll-down
|
|
|
1549 C-x next-line
|
|
|
1550 C-y kill-complete-line
|
|
|
1551 C-z scroll-up
|
|
|
1552
|
|
|
1553 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
|
|
|
1554 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
|
|
|
1555 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
|
|
|
1556 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
|
|
|
1557 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
|
|
|
1558 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
|
|
|
1559 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
|
|
|
1560 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
|
|
|
1561 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
|
|
|
1562 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
|
|
|
1563 C-k b ws-begin-block
|
|
|
1564 C-k c ws-copy-block
|
|
|
1565 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
|
|
|
1566 C-k f find-file
|
|
|
1567 C-k h ws-show-markers
|
|
|
1568 C-k i ws-indent-block
|
|
|
1569 C-k k ws-end-block
|
|
|
1570 C-k p ws-print-block
|
|
|
1571 C-k q kill-emacs
|
|
|
1572 C-k r insert-file
|
|
|
1573 C-k s save-some-buffers
|
|
|
1574 C-k t ws-mark-word
|
|
|
1575 C-k u ws-exdent-block
|
|
|
1576 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1577 C-k v ws-move-block
|
|
|
1578 C-k w ws-write-block
|
|
|
1579 C-k x kill-emacs
|
|
|
1580 C-k y ws-delete-block
|
|
|
1581
|
|
|
1582 C-o c wordstar-center-line
|
|
|
1583 C-o b switch-to-buffer
|
|
|
1584 C-o j justify-current-line
|
|
|
1585 C-o k kill-buffer
|
|
|
1586 C-o l list-buffers
|
|
|
1587 C-o m auto-fill-mode
|
|
|
1588 C-o r set-fill-column
|
|
|
1589 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1590 C-o wd delete-other-windows
|
|
|
1591 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
|
|
|
1592 C-o wo other-window
|
|
|
1593 C-o wv split-window-vertically
|
|
|
1594
|
|
|
1595 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
|
|
|
1596 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
|
|
|
1597 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
|
|
|
1598 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
|
|
|
1599 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
|
|
|
1600 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
|
|
|
1601 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
|
|
|
1602 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
|
|
|
1603 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
|
|
|
1604 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
|
|
|
1605 C-q a ws-query-replace
|
|
|
1606 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
|
|
|
1607 C-q c end-of-buffer
|
|
|
1608 C-q d end-of-line
|
|
|
1609 C-q f ws-search
|
|
|
1610 C-q k ws-to-block-end
|
|
|
1611 C-q l ws-undo
|
|
|
1612 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
|
|
|
1613 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
|
|
|
1614 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1615 C-q w ws-last-error
|
|
|
1616 C-q y ws-kill-eol
|
|
|
1617 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
|
|
|
1618 " t nil)
|
|
|
1619
|
|
|
1620 ;;;***
|
|
|
1621
|
|
|
1622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loaddefs-eos" "eos/loaddefs-eos.el")
|
|
|
1623
|
|
|
1624 ;;;***
|
|
|
1625
|
|
|
1626 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "games/blackbox.el")
|
|
|
1627
|
|
|
1628 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
|
|
|
1629 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
|
|
|
1630 the default is 4.
|
|
|
1631
|
|
|
1632 What is blackbox?
|
|
|
1633
|
|
|
1634 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
|
|
|
1635 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
|
|
|
1636 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
|
|
|
1637 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
|
|
|
1638 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
|
|
|
1639 your score.
|
|
|
1640
|
|
|
1641 Overview of play:
|
|
|
1642
|
|
|
1643 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
|
|
|
1644 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
|
|
|
1645 four.
|
|
|
1646
|
|
|
1647 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
|
|
|
1648 movement keys.
|
|
|
1649
|
|
|
1650 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
|
|
|
1651 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
|
|
|
1652
|
|
|
1653 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
|
|
|
1654 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
|
|
|
1655
|
|
|
1656 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
|
|
|
1657 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
|
|
|
1658 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
|
|
|
1659 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
|
|
|
1660 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
|
|
|
1661 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
|
|
|
1662
|
|
|
1663 Details:
|
|
|
1664
|
|
|
1665 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
|
|
|
1666
|
|
|
1667 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
|
|
|
1668 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
|
|
|
1669 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
|
|
|
1670 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
|
|
|
1671
|
|
|
1672 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
|
|
|
1673 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
|
|
|
1674 denoted by the letter `R'.
|
|
|
1675
|
|
|
1676 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
|
|
|
1677 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
|
|
|
1678 denoted by the letter `H'.
|
|
|
1679
|
|
|
1680 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
|
|
|
1681 example.
|
|
|
1682
|
|
|
1683 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
|
|
|
1684 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
|
|
|
1685 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
|
|
|
1686 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
|
|
|
1687 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
|
|
|
1688 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
|
|
|
1689 ray.
|
|
|
1690
|
|
|
1691 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
|
|
|
1692 degree deflection it causes.
|
|
|
1693
|
|
|
1694 1
|
|
|
1695 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1696 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1697 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
|
|
|
1698 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
|
|
|
1699 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
|
|
|
1700 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
|
|
|
1701 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
|
|
|
1702 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
|
|
|
1703 2 3
|
|
|
1704
|
|
|
1705 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
|
|
|
1706 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
|
|
|
1707
|
|
|
1708
|
|
|
1709 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1710 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1711 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1712 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1713 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1714 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1715 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1716 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1717
|
|
|
1718 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
|
|
|
1719 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
|
|
|
1720 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
|
|
|
1721 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
|
|
|
1722 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
|
|
|
1723 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
|
|
|
1724 emerging from the box.
|
|
|
1725
|
|
|
1726 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
|
|
|
1727
|
|
|
1728 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1729 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
|
|
|
1730 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
|
|
|
1731 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
|
|
|
1732 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
|
|
|
1733 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1734 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1735 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1736
|
|
|
1737 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
|
|
|
1738 a reflection." t nil)
|
|
|
1739
|
|
|
1740 ;;;***
|
|
|
1741
|
|
|
1742 ;;;### (autoloads (conx-load conx conx-region conx-buffer) "conx" "games/conx.el")
|
|
|
1743
|
|
|
1744 (autoload 'conx-buffer "conx" "\
|
|
|
1745 Absorb the text in the current buffer into the tree." t nil)
|
|
|
1746
|
|
|
1747 (autoload 'conx-region "conx" "\
|
|
|
1748 Absorb the text in the current region into the tree." t nil)
|
|
|
1749
|
|
|
1750 (autoload 'conx "conx" "\
|
|
|
1751 Generate some random sentences in the *conx* buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1752
|
|
|
1753 (autoload 'conx-load "conx" "\
|
|
|
1754 Load in a CONX database written by the \\[conx-save] command.
|
|
|
1755 This clears the database currently in memory." t nil)
|
|
|
1756
|
|
|
1757 ;;;***
|
|
|
1758
|
|
|
1759 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie) "cookie1" "games/cookie1.el")
|
|
|
1760
|
|
|
1761 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1762 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
|
|
|
1763 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
|
|
|
1764
|
|
|
1765 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1766 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
|
|
|
1767 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
|
|
|
1768
|
|
|
1769 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1770 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
|
|
|
1771 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
|
|
|
1772 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
|
|
|
1773
|
|
|
1774 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1775 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
|
|
|
1776
|
|
|
1777 ;;;***
|
|
|
1778
|
|
|
1779 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "games/dissociate.el")
|
|
|
1780
|
|
|
1781 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
|
|
|
1782 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
|
|
|
1783 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
|
|
|
1784 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
|
|
|
1785 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
|
|
|
1786 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
|
|
|
1787 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
|
|
|
1788 Default is 2." t nil)
|
|
|
1789
|
|
|
1790 ;;;***
|
|
|
1791
|
|
|
1792 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "games/doctor.el")
|
|
|
1793
|
|
|
1794 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
|
|
|
1795 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
|
|
|
1796
|
|
|
1797 ;;;***
|
|
|
1798
|
|
|
1799 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "games/dunnet.el")
|
|
|
1800
|
|
|
1801 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
|
|
|
1802 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
|
|
|
1803
|
|
|
1804 ;;;***
|
|
|
1805
|
|
|
1806 ;;;### (autoloads (flame) "flame" "games/flame.el")
|
|
|
1807
|
|
|
1808 (autoload 'flame "flame" "\
|
|
|
1809 Generate ARG (default 1) sentences of half-crazed gibberish." t nil)
|
|
|
1810
|
|
|
1811 ;;;***
|
|
|
1812
|
|
|
1813 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "games/gomoku.el")
|
|
|
1814
|
|
|
1815 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
|
|
|
1816 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
|
|
|
1817 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
|
|
|
1818 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
|
|
|
1819
|
|
|
1820 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
|
|
|
1821 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
|
|
|
1822 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
|
|
|
1823 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
|
|
|
1824 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
|
|
|
1825 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
|
|
|
1826
|
|
|
1827 ;;;***
|
|
|
1828
|
|
|
1829 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi) "hanoi" "games/hanoi.el")
|
|
|
1830
|
|
|
1831 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
|
|
|
1832 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Argument is number of rings." t nil)
|
|
|
1833
|
|
|
1834 ;;;***
|
|
|
1835
|
|
|
1836 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "games/life.el")
|
|
|
1837
|
|
|
1838 (autoload 'life "life" "\
|
|
|
1839 Run Conway's Life simulation.
|
|
|
1840 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
|
|
|
1841 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
|
|
|
1842 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
|
|
|
1843
|
|
|
1844 ;;;***
|
|
|
1845
|
|
|
1846 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "games/mpuz.el")
|
|
|
1847
|
|
|
1848 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
|
|
|
1849 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
|
|
|
1850
|
|
|
1851 ;;;***
|
|
|
1852
|
|
|
1853 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "games/spook.el")
|
|
|
1854
|
|
|
1855 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
|
|
|
1856 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
1857
|
|
|
1858 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
|
|
|
1859 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
|
|
|
1860
|
|
|
1861 ;;;***
|
|
|
1862
|
|
|
1863 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism yow) "yow" "games/yow.el")
|
|
|
1864
|
|
|
1865 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
|
|
|
1866 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
|
|
|
1867
|
|
|
1868 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
|
|
|
1869 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
|
|
|
1870
|
|
|
1871 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
|
|
|
1872 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
1873 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
|
|
|
1874
|
|
|
1875 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
|
|
|
1876 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
|
|
|
1877
|
|
|
1878 ;;;***
|
|
|
1879
|
|
|
1880 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el")
|
|
|
1881
|
|
|
1882 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
|
|
|
1883 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
1884
|
|
|
1885 ;;;***
|
|
|
1886
|
|
|
1887 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el")
|
|
|
1888
|
|
|
1889 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
|
1890 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache." t nil)
|
|
|
1891
|
|
|
1892 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
|
1893 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
|
|
|
1894
|
|
|
1895 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
|
1896 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
|
|
|
1897
|
|
|
1898 ;;;***
|
|
|
1899
|
|
|
1900 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sound-play) "gnus-sound" "gnus/gnus-sound.el")
|
|
|
1901
|
|
|
1902 (autoload 'gnus-sound-play "gnus-sound" "\
|
|
|
1903 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
|
|
|
1904
|
|
|
1905 ;;;***
|
|
|
1906
|
|
|
1907 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el")
|
|
|
1908
|
|
|
1909 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
|
|
|
1910 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
|
|
|
1911 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
|
|
|
1912 for matching on group names.
|
|
|
1913
|
|
|
1914 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
|
|
|
1915 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
|
|
|
1916
|
|
|
1917 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"" t nil)
|
|
|
1918
|
|
|
1919 ;;;***
|
|
|
1920
|
|
|
1921 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score gnus-fetch-group gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server gnus-slave-no-server gnus-add-configuration gnus-update-format) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el")
|
|
|
1922
|
|
|
1923 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus" "\
|
|
|
1924 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
|
|
|
1925
|
|
|
1926 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus" "\
|
|
|
1927 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
|
|
|
1928
|
|
|
1929 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
|
|
|
1930 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server" t nil)
|
|
|
1931
|
|
|
1932 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
|
|
|
1933 Read network news.
|
|
|
1934 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
|
|
|
1935 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
|
|
|
1936 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
|
|
|
1937 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
|
|
|
1938 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
|
|
|
1939
|
|
|
1940 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
|
|
|
1941 Read news as a slave." t nil)
|
|
|
1942
|
|
|
1943 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
|
|
|
1944 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
|
|
|
1945
|
|
|
1946 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
|
|
|
1947 Read network news.
|
|
|
1948 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
|
|
|
1949 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
|
|
|
1950 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
|
|
|
1951
|
|
|
1952 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus" "\
|
|
|
1953 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
|
|
|
1954 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
|
|
|
1955
|
|
|
1956 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
|
|
|
1957
|
|
|
1958 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus" "\
|
|
|
1959 Run batched scoring.
|
|
|
1960 Usage: emacs -batch -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score <newsgroups> ...
|
|
|
1961 Newsgroups is a list of strings in Bnews format. If you want to score
|
|
|
1962 the comp hierarchy, you'd say \"comp.all\". If you would not like to
|
|
|
1963 score the alt hierarchy, you'd say \"!alt.all\"." t nil)
|
|
|
1964
|
|
|
1965 ;;;***
|
|
|
1966
|
|
|
1967 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message" "gnus/message.el")
|
|
|
1968
|
|
|
1969 (defvar message-fcc-handler-function 'rmail-output "\
|
|
|
1970 *A function called to save outgoing articles.
|
|
|
1971 This function will be called with the name of the file to store the
|
|
|
1972 article in. The default function is `rmail-output' which saves in Unix
|
|
|
1973 mailbox format.")
|
|
|
1974
|
|
|
1975 (defvar message-courtesy-message "The following message is a courtesy copy of an article\nthat has been posted as well.\n\n" "\
|
|
|
1976 *This is inserted at the start of a mailed copy of a posted message.
|
|
|
1977 If this variable is nil, no such courtesy message will be added.")
|
|
|
1978
|
|
|
1979 (defvar message-ignored-bounced-headers "^\\(Received\\|Return-Path\\):" "\
|
|
|
1980 *Regexp that matches headers to be removed in resent bounced mail.")
|
|
|
1981
|
|
|
1982 (defvar message-from-style 'default "\
|
|
|
1983 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
|
|
|
1984
|
|
|
1985 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
|
|
|
1986 king@grassland.com
|
|
|
1987 If `parens', they look like:
|
|
|
1988 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
|
|
|
1989 If `angles', they look like:
|
|
|
1990 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
|
|
|
1991
|
|
|
1992 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
|
|
|
1993 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
|
|
|
1994
|
|
|
1995 (defvar message-syntax-checks nil "\
|
|
|
1996 Controls what syntax checks should not be performed on outgoing posts.
|
|
|
1997 To disable checking of long signatures, for instance, add
|
|
|
1998 `(signature . disabled)' to this list.
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
2000 Don't touch this variable unless you really know what you're doing.
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
2002 Checks include subject-cmsg multiple-headers sendsys message-id from
|
|
|
2003 long-lines control-chars size new-text redirected-followup signature
|
|
|
2004 approved sender empty empty-headers message-id from subject.")
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006 (defvar message-required-news-headers '(From Newsgroups Subject Date Message-ID (optional . Organization) Lines (optional . X-Newsreader)) "\
|
|
|
2007 *Headers to be generated or prompted for when posting an article.
|
|
|
2008 RFC977 and RFC1036 require From, Date, Newsgroups, Subject,
|
|
|
2009 Message-ID. Organization, Lines, In-Reply-To, Expires, and
|
|
|
2010 X-Newsreader are optional. If don't you want message to insert some
|
|
|
2011 header, remove it from this list.")
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013 (defvar message-required-mail-headers '(From Subject Date (optional . In-Reply-To) Message-ID Lines (optional . X-Mailer)) "\
|
|
|
2014 *Headers to be generated or prompted for when mailing a message.
|
|
|
2015 RFC822 required that From, Date, To, Subject and Message-ID be
|
|
|
2016 included. Organization, Lines and X-Mailer are optional.")
|
|
|
2017
|
|
|
2018 (defvar message-deletable-headers '(Message-ID Date) "\
|
|
|
2019 *Headers to be deleted if they already exist and were generated by message previously.")
|
|
|
2020
|
|
|
2021 (defvar message-ignored-news-headers "^NNTP-Posting-Host:\\|^Xref:\\|^Bcc:\\|^Gcc:\\|^Fcc:" "\
|
|
|
2022 *Regexp of headers to be removed unconditionally before posting.")
|
|
|
2023
|
|
|
2024 (defvar message-ignored-mail-headers "^Gcc:\\|^Fcc:" "\
|
|
|
2025 *Regexp of headers to be removed unconditionally before mailing.")
|
|
|
2026
|
|
|
2027 (defvar message-ignored-supersedes-headers "^Path:\\|^Date\\|^NNTP-Posting-Host:\\|^Xref:\\|^Lines:\\|^Received:\\|^X-From-Line:\\|Return-Path:\\|^Supersedes:" "\
|
|
|
2028 *Header lines matching this regexp will be deleted before posting.
|
|
|
2029 It's best to delete old Path and Date headers before posting to avoid
|
|
|
2030 any confusion.")
|
|
|
2031
|
|
|
2032 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
|
|
|
2033 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
|
|
|
2034
|
|
|
2035 (defvar message-interactive nil "\
|
|
|
2036 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
|
|
|
2037 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
|
|
|
2038
|
|
|
2039 (defvar message-generate-new-buffers t "\
|
|
|
2040 *Non-nil means that a new message buffer will be created whenever `mail-setup' is called.
|
|
|
2041 If this is a function, call that function with three parameters: The type,
|
|
|
2042 the to address and the group name. (Any of these may be nil.) The function
|
|
|
2043 should return the new buffer name.")
|
|
|
2044
|
|
|
2045 (defvar message-kill-buffer-on-exit nil "\
|
|
|
2046 *Non-nil means that the message buffer will be killed after sending a message.")
|
|
|
2047
|
|
|
2048 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
|
|
|
2049 *Local news organization file.")
|
|
|
2050
|
|
|
2051 (defvar message-signature-before-forwarded-message t "\
|
|
|
2052 *If non-nil, put the signature before any included forwarded message.")
|
|
|
2053
|
|
|
2054 (defvar message-included-forward-headers "^From:\\|^Newsgroups:\\|^Subject:\\|^Date:\\|^Followup-To:\\|^Reply-To:\\|^Organization:\\|^Summary:\\|^Keywords:\\|^To:\\|^Cc:\\|^Posted-To:\\|^Mail-Copies-To:\\|^Apparently-To:\\|^Gnus-Warning:\\|^Resent-\\|^Message-ID:\\|^References:" "\
|
|
|
2055 *Regexp matching headers to be included in forwarded messages.")
|
|
|
2056
|
|
|
2057 (defvar message-ignored-resent-headers "^Return-receipt" "\
|
|
|
2058 *All headers that match this regexp will be deleted when resending a message.")
|
|
|
2059
|
|
|
2060 (defvar message-ignored-cited-headers "." "\
|
|
|
2061 Delete these headers from the messages you yank.")
|
|
|
2062
|
|
|
2063 (defvar message-send-mail-function 'message-send-mail-with-sendmail "\
|
|
|
2064 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
|
|
|
2065 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
|
|
|
2066 variable `mail-header-separator'.
|
|
|
2067
|
|
|
2068 Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-mh' and
|
|
|
2069 `message-send-mail-with-sendmail', which is the default.")
|
|
|
2070
|
|
|
2071 (defvar message-send-news-function 'message-send-news "\
|
|
|
2072 Function to call to send the current buffer as news.
|
|
|
2073 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
|
|
|
2074 variable `mail-header-separator'.")
|
|
|
2075
|
|
|
2076 (defvar message-reply-to-function nil "\
|
|
|
2077 Function that should return a list of headers.
|
|
|
2078 This function should pick out addresses from the To, Cc, and From headers
|
|
|
2079 and respond with new To and Cc headers.")
|
|
|
2080
|
|
|
2081 (defvar message-wide-reply-to-function nil "\
|
|
|
2082 Function that should return a list of headers.
|
|
|
2083 This function should pick out addresses from the To, Cc, and From headers
|
|
|
2084 and respond with new To and Cc headers.")
|
|
|
2085
|
|
|
2086 (defvar message-followup-to-function nil "\
|
|
|
2087 Function that should return a list of headers.
|
|
|
2088 This function should pick out addresses from the To, Cc, and From headers
|
|
|
2089 and respond with new To and Cc headers.")
|
|
|
2090
|
|
|
2091 (defvar message-use-followup-to 'ask "\
|
|
|
2092 *Specifies what to do with Followup-To header.
|
|
|
2093 If nil, ignore the header. If it is t, use its value, but query before
|
|
|
2094 using the \"poster\" value. If it is the symbol `ask', query the user
|
|
|
2095 whether to ignore the \"poster\" value. If it is the symbol `use',
|
|
|
2096 always use the value.")
|
|
|
2097
|
|
|
2098 (defvar message-post-method (cond ((and (boundp 'gnus-post-method) gnus-post-method) gnus-post-method) ((boundp 'gnus-select-method) gnus-select-method) (t '(nnspool ""))) "\
|
|
|
2099 Method used to post news.")
|
|
|
2100
|
|
|
2101 (defvar message-generate-headers-first nil "\
|
|
|
2102 *If non-nil, generate all possible headers before composing.")
|
|
|
2103
|
|
|
2104 (defvar message-citation-line-function 'message-insert-citation-line "\
|
|
|
2105 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
|
|
|
2106
|
|
|
2107 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
|
|
|
2108 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
|
|
|
2109 nil means use indentation.")
|
|
|
2110
|
|
|
2111 (defvar message-cite-function 'message-cite-original "\
|
|
|
2112 *Function for citing an original message.")
|
|
|
2113
|
|
|
2114 (defvar message-indent-citation-function 'message-indent-citation "\
|
|
|
2115 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
|
|
|
2116 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
|
|
|
2117 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
|
|
|
2118 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
|
|
|
2119
|
|
|
2120 (defvar message-signature t "\
|
|
|
2121 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
|
|
|
2122 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
|
|
|
2123 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
|
|
|
2124 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
|
|
|
2125
|
|
|
2126 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
|
|
|
2127 *File containing the text inserted at end of message. buffer.")
|
|
|
2128
|
|
|
2129 (defvar message-default-headers nil "\
|
|
|
2130 *A string containing header lines to be inserted in outgoing messages.
|
|
|
2131 It is inserted before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete
|
|
|
2132 these lines.")
|
|
|
2133
|
|
|
2134 (defvar message-default-mail-headers nil "\
|
|
|
2135 *A string of header lines to be inserted in outgoing mails.")
|
|
|
2136
|
|
|
2137 (defvar message-default-news-headers nil "\
|
|
|
2138 *A string of header lines to be inserted in outgoing news articles.")
|
|
|
2139
|
|
|
2140 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
|
|
|
2141 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
|
|
|
2142 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
|
|
|
2143 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
|
|
|
2144 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
|
|
|
2145 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
|
|
|
2146 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
|
|
|
2147 C-c C-f C-f move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
|
|
|
2148 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
|
|
|
2149 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
|
|
|
2150 C-c C-f C-o move to Followup-To
|
|
|
2151 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
|
|
|
2152 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
|
|
|
2153 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
|
|
|
2154 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
|
|
|
2155 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
|
|
|
2156 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
|
|
|
2157 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
|
|
|
2158 C-c C-r message-ceasar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
|
|
|
2159
|
|
|
2160 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
|
|
|
2161 Start editing a mail message to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2162
|
|
|
2163 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
|
|
|
2164 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2165
|
|
|
2166 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
|
|
|
2167 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2168
|
|
|
2169 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2170
|
|
|
2171 (autoload 'message-followup "message" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2172
|
|
|
2173 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
|
|
|
2174 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
|
|
|
2175
|
|
|
2176 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
|
|
|
2177 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
|
|
|
2178 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
|
|
|
2179 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
|
|
|
2180
|
|
|
2181 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
|
|
|
2182 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
|
|
|
2183
|
|
|
2184 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
|
|
|
2185 Forward the current message via mail.
|
|
|
2186 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2187
|
|
|
2188 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
|
|
|
2189 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
|
|
|
2190
|
|
|
2191 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
|
|
|
2192 Re-mail the current message.
|
|
|
2193 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
|
|
|
2194 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
|
|
|
2195 you." t nil)
|
|
|
2196
|
|
|
2197 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
|
|
|
2198 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
2199
|
|
|
2200 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
|
|
|
2201 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
|
|
|
2202
|
|
|
2203 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
|
|
|
2204 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2205
|
|
|
2206 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
|
|
|
2207 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2208
|
|
|
2209 (autoload 'bold-region "message" "\
|
|
|
2210 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
|
|
|
2211 Works by overstriking characters.
|
|
|
2212 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
2213 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
2214
|
|
|
2215 (autoload 'unbold-region "message" "\
|
|
|
2216 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
|
|
|
2217 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
2218 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
2219
|
|
|
2220 ;;;***
|
|
|
2221
|
|
|
2222 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el")
|
|
|
2223
|
|
|
2224 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
|
|
|
2225 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
|
|
|
2226
|
|
|
2227 ;;;***
|
|
|
2228
|
|
|
2229 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el")
|
|
|
2230
|
|
|
2231 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
|
|
|
2232 Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups
|
|
|
2233 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
|
|
|
2234
|
|
|
2235 ;;;***
|
|
|
2236
|
|
|
2237 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el")
|
|
|
2238
|
|
|
2239 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
|
|
|
2240 Generate nov databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
|
|
|
2241
|
|
|
2242 ;;;***
|
|
|
2243
|
|
|
2244 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el")
|
|
|
2245
|
|
|
2246 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2247 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
|
|
|
2248
|
|
|
2249 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2250 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2251
|
|
|
2252 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2253 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
|
|
|
2254
|
|
|
2255 ;;;***
|
|
|
2256
|
|
|
2257 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el")
|
|
|
2258
|
|
|
2259 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
|
|
|
2260 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
|
|
|
2261 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
|
|
|
2262
|
|
|
2263 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
2264
|
|
|
2265 ;;;***
|
|
|
2266
|
|
|
2267 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-smiley-display smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el")
|
|
|
2268
|
|
|
2269 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
|
|
|
2270 Smilify the region between point and mark." t nil)
|
|
|
2271
|
|
|
2272 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2273
|
|
|
2274 (autoload 'gnus-smiley-display "smiley" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2275
|
|
|
2276 ;;;***
|
|
|
2277
|
|
|
2278 ;;;### (autoloads (hm--html-minor-mode hm--html-mode) "hm--html-mode" "hm--html-menus/hm--html-mode.el")
|
|
|
2279
|
|
|
2280 (autoload 'hm--html-mode "hm--html-mode" "\
|
|
|
2281 Major mode for editing HTML hypertext documents.
|
|
|
2282 Special commands:\\{hm--html-mode-map}
|
|
|
2283 Turning on hm--html-mode calls the value of the variable hm--html-mode-hook,
|
|
|
2284 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2285
|
|
|
2286 (autoload 'hm--html-minor-mode "hm--html-mode" "\
|
|
|
2287 Toggle hm--html-minor-mode.
|
|
|
2288 With arg, turn hm--html-minor-mode on iff arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
2289
|
|
|
2290 ;;;***
|
|
|
2291
|
|
|
2292 ;;;### (autoloads (html-view-get-display html-view-goto-url html-view-view-buffer html-view-view-file html-view-start-mosaic) "html-view" "hm--html-menus/html-view.el")
|
|
|
2293
|
|
|
2294 (autoload 'html-view-start-mosaic "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2295 Start Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2296
|
|
|
2297 (autoload 'html-view-view-file "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2298 View an html file with Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2299
|
|
|
2300 (autoload 'html-view-view-buffer "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2301 View html buffer with Mosaic.
|
|
|
2302 If BUFFER-TO-VIEW is nil, then the current buffer is used." t nil)
|
|
|
2303
|
|
|
2304 (autoload 'html-view-goto-url "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2305 Goto an URL in Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2306
|
|
|
2307 (autoload 'html-view-get-display "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2308 Get the display for Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2309
|
|
|
2310 ;;;***
|
|
|
2311
|
|
|
2312 ;;;### (autoloads (hmail:compose) "hmail" "hyperbole/hmail.el")
|
|
|
2313
|
|
|
2314 (autoload 'hmail:compose "hmail" "\
|
|
|
2315 Compose mail with ADDRESS and evaluation of EXPR.
|
|
|
2316 Optional SUBJECT and HELP message may also be given." t nil)
|
|
|
2317
|
|
|
2318 ;;;***
|
|
|
2319
|
|
|
2320 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-handle-in-note smart-info-assist smart-info) "hmous-info" "hyperbole/hmous-info.el")
|
|
|
2321
|
|
|
2322 (autoload 'smart-info "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2323 Walks through Info documentation networks using one key or mouse key.
|
|
|
2324
|
|
|
2325 If key is pressed within:
|
|
|
2326 (1) the first line of an Info Menu Entry or Cross Reference, the desired node
|
|
|
2327 is found;
|
|
|
2328 (2) the Up, Next, or Previous entries of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2329 the desired node is found;
|
|
|
2330 (3) the File entry of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2331 the 'Top' node within that file is found;
|
|
|
2332 (4) at the end of the current node, the Next node is found (this will
|
|
|
2333 descend subtrees if the function 'Info-global-next' is bound);
|
|
|
2334 (5) anywhere else (e.g. at the end of a line), the current node entry is
|
|
|
2335 scrolled up one windowful.
|
|
|
2336
|
|
|
2337 Returns t if key is pressed within an Info Node Header, Cross Reference,
|
|
|
2338 or a Menu; otherwise returns nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2339
|
|
|
2340 (autoload 'smart-info-assist "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2341 Walks through Info documentation networks using one assist-key or mouse assist-key.
|
|
|
2342
|
|
|
2343 If assist-key is pressed within:
|
|
|
2344 (1) the first line of an Info Menu Entry or Cross Reference, the desired node
|
|
|
2345 is found;
|
|
|
2346 (2) the Up, Next, or Previous entries of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2347 the last node in the history list is found;
|
|
|
2348 (3) the File entry of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2349 the 'DIR' root-level node is found;
|
|
|
2350 (4) at the end of the current node, the Previous node is found (this will
|
|
|
2351 return from subtrees if the function 'Info-global-prev is bound);
|
|
|
2352 (5) anywhere else (e.g. at the end of a line), the current node entry is
|
|
|
2353 scrolled down one windowful.
|
|
|
2354
|
|
|
2355 Returns t if assist-key is pressed within an Info Node Header, Cross Reference,
|
|
|
2356 or a Menu; otherwise returns nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2357
|
|
|
2358 (autoload 'Info-handle-in-note "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2359 Follows an Info cross-reference.
|
|
|
2360 If point is within the first line of an Info note (cross-reference), follows
|
|
|
2361 cross-reference and returns t; otherwise returns nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2362
|
|
|
2363 ;;;***
|
|
|
2364
|
|
|
2365 ;;;### (autoloads (smart-tags-file smart-tags-file-path smart-objc-oobr smart-objc smart-fortran-at-tag-p smart-c++-oobr smart-c++ smart-c-at-tag-p smart-asm-at-tag-p) "hmouse-tag" "hyperbole/hmouse-tag.el")
|
|
|
2366
|
|
|
2367 (autoload 'smart-asm-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2368 Return assembly tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2369
|
|
|
2370 (autoload 'smart-c-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2371 Return C tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2372
|
|
|
2373 (autoload 'smart-c++ "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2374 Jumps to the definition of optional C++ IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
|
|
|
2375 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching C++ tag.
|
|
|
2376
|
|
|
2377 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2378 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2379
|
|
|
2380 If:
|
|
|
2381 (1) on a '#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
|
|
|
2382 Look for include file in directory lists 'smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
|
|
|
2383 and 'smart-c-include-dirs'.
|
|
|
2384 (2) on a C++ identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
|
|
|
2385 assuming the identifier is found within an 'etags' generated tag file
|
|
|
2386 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories.
|
|
|
2387 (3) if 'smart-c-use-lib-man' is non-nil, the C++ identifier is
|
|
|
2388 recognized as a library symbol, and a man page is found for the
|
|
|
2389 identifier, then the man page is displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
2390
|
|
|
2391 (autoload 'smart-c++-oobr "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2392 Jumps to the definition of selected C++ construct via OO-Browser support.
|
|
|
2393 Optional JUNK is ignored. Does nothing if the OO-Browser is not available.
|
|
|
2394
|
|
|
2395 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2396 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2397
|
|
|
2398 If key is pressed:
|
|
|
2399 (1) on a '#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
|
|
|
2400 Look for include file in directory lists 'smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
|
|
|
2401 and 'smart-c-include-dirs'.
|
|
|
2402 (2) within a method declaration, its definition is displayed;
|
|
|
2403 (3) on a class name, the class definition is shown.
|
|
|
2404
|
|
|
2405 (2) and (3) require that an OO-Browser Environment has been loaded with
|
|
|
2406 the {M-x br-env-load RTN} command." t nil)
|
|
|
2407
|
|
|
2408 (autoload 'smart-fortran-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2409 Return Fortran tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2410
|
|
|
2411 (autoload 'smart-objc "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2412 Jumps to the definition of optional Objective-C IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
|
|
|
2413 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching Objective-C tag.
|
|
|
2414
|
|
|
2415 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2416 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2417
|
|
|
2418 If:
|
|
|
2419 (1) on a '#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
|
|
|
2420 Look for include file in directory lists 'smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
|
|
|
2421 and 'smart-c-include-dirs'.
|
|
|
2422 (2) on an Objective-C identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
|
|
|
2423 assuming the identifier is found within an 'etags' generated tag file
|
|
|
2424 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories.
|
|
|
2425 (3) if 'smart-c-use-lib-man' is non-nil, the Objective-C identifier is
|
|
|
2426 recognized as a library symbol, and a man page is found for the
|
|
|
2427 identifier, then the man page is displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
2428
|
|
|
2429 (autoload 'smart-objc-oobr "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2430 Jumps to the definition of selected Objective-C construct via OO-Browser support.
|
|
|
2431 Optional JUNK is ignored. Does nothing if the OO-Browser is not available.
|
|
|
2432
|
|
|
2433 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2434 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2435
|
|
|
2436 If key is pressed:
|
|
|
2437 (1) on a '#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
|
|
|
2438 Look for include file in directory lists 'smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
|
|
|
2439 and 'smart-c-include-dirs'.
|
|
|
2440 (2) within a method declaration, its definition is displayed;
|
|
|
2441 (3) on a class name, the class definition is shown.
|
|
|
2442
|
|
|
2443 (2) and (3) require that an OO-Browser Environment has been loaded with
|
|
|
2444 the {M-x br-env-load RTN} command." t nil)
|
|
|
2445
|
|
|
2446 (autoload 'smart-tags-file-path "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2447 Expand relative FILE name by looking it up in the nearest tags file.
|
|
|
2448 Return FILE unchanged if it exists relative to the current directory or
|
|
|
2449 cannot be expanded via a tags file." nil nil)
|
|
|
2450
|
|
|
2451 (autoload 'smart-tags-file "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2452 Return appropriate tags file name for CURR-FILENAME or 'tags-file-name'." nil nil)
|
|
|
2453
|
|
|
2454 ;;;***
|
|
|
2455
|
|
|
2456 ;;;### (autoloads (var:append) "hvar" "hyperbole/hvar.el")
|
|
|
2457
|
|
|
2458 (autoload 'var:append "hvar" "\
|
|
|
2459 Appends to value held by VAR-SYMBOL-NAME, LIST-TO-ADD. Returns new value.
|
|
|
2460 If VAR-SYMBOL-NAME is unbound, it is set to LIST-TO-ADD.
|
|
|
2461 Often used to append to 'hook' variables." nil nil)
|
|
|
2462
|
|
|
2463 ;;;***
|
|
|
2464
|
|
|
2465 ;;;### (autoloads (hypb:configuration) "hypb" "hyperbole/hypb.el")
|
|
|
2466
|
|
|
2467 (autoload 'hypb:configuration "hypb" "\
|
|
|
2468 Insert Emacs configuration information at the end of optional OUT-BUF or the current buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
2469
|
|
|
2470 ;;;***
|
|
|
2471
|
|
|
2472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hyperbole" "hyperbole/hyperbole.el")
|
|
|
2473
|
|
|
2474 (defvar action-key-url-function 'w3-fetch "\
|
|
|
2475 Value is a function of one argument, a url, which displays the url referent.
|
|
|
2476 Possible values are:
|
|
|
2477 w3-fetch - display using the W3 Emacs web browser;
|
|
|
2478 highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape - display in Netscape;
|
|
|
2479 highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic - display in Mosaic.")
|
|
|
2480
|
|
|
2481 (defvar kimport:mode-alist '((t . kimport:text) (outline-mode . kimport:star-outline)) "\
|
|
|
2482 Alist of (major-mode . importation-function) elements.
|
|
|
2483 This determines the type of importation done on a file when `kimport:file' is
|
|
|
2484 called if the major mode of the import file matches the car of an element in
|
|
|
2485 this list. If there is no match, then `kimport:suffix-alist' is checked. If
|
|
|
2486 that yields no match, the element in this list whose car is 't is used. It
|
|
|
2487 normally does an import of a koutline or text file.
|
|
|
2488
|
|
|
2489 Each importation-function must take two arguments, a buffer/file to import
|
|
|
2490 and a buffer/file into which to insert the imported elements and a third
|
|
|
2491 optional argument, CHILDREN-P, which when non-nil means insert imported cells
|
|
|
2492 as the initial set of children of the current cell, if any.
|
|
|
2493
|
|
|
2494 outline-mode - imported as an Emacs outline whose entries begin with
|
|
|
2495 asterisks;
|
|
|
2496 .kot
|
|
|
2497 .kotl - imported as a structured koutline
|
|
|
2498
|
|
|
2499 all others - imported as text.")
|
|
|
2500
|
|
|
2501 (defvar kimport:suffix-alist '(("\\.otl$" . kimport:star-outline) ("\\.aug$" . kimport:aug-post-outline)) "\
|
|
|
2502 Alist of (buffer-name-suffix-regexp . importation-function) elements.
|
|
|
2503 This determines the type of importation done on a file when `kimport:file' is
|
|
|
2504 called. Each importation-function must take two arguments, a buffer/file to
|
|
|
2505 import and a buffer/file into which to insert the imported elements and a
|
|
|
2506 third optional argument, CHILDREN-P, which when non-nil means insert imported
|
|
|
2507 cells as the initial set of children of the current cell, if any.
|
|
|
2508
|
|
|
2509 .otl - imported as an Emacs outline whose entries begin with asterisks;
|
|
|
2510 .kot
|
|
|
2511 .kotl - imported as a structured koutline
|
|
|
2512 .aug - imported as an Augment post-numbered outline.")
|
|
|
2513
|
|
|
2514 ;;;***
|
|
|
2515
|
|
|
2516 ;;;### (autoloads (wconfig-yank-pop wconfig-ring-save wconfig-delete-pop wconfig-restore-by-name wconfig-delete-by-name wconfig-add-by-name) "wconfig" "hyperbole/wconfig.el")
|
|
|
2517
|
|
|
2518 (autoload 'wconfig-add-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2519 Saves the current window configuration under the string NAME.
|
|
|
2520 When called interactively and a window configuration already exists under
|
|
|
2521 NAME, confirms whether or not to replace it." t nil)
|
|
|
2522
|
|
|
2523 (autoload 'wconfig-delete-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2524 Deletes window configuration saved under NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
2525
|
|
|
2526 (autoload 'wconfig-restore-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2527 Restores window configuration saved under NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
2528
|
|
|
2529 (autoload 'wconfig-delete-pop "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2530 Replaces current window config with most recently saved config in ring.
|
|
|
2531 Then deletes this new configuration from the ring." t nil)
|
|
|
2532
|
|
|
2533 (autoload 'wconfig-ring-save "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2534 Saves the current window configuration onto the save ring.
|
|
|
2535 Use {\\[wconfig-yank-pop]} to restore it at a later time." t nil)
|
|
|
2536
|
|
|
2537 (autoload 'wconfig-yank-pop "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2538 Replaces current window config with prefix arg Nth prior one in save ring.
|
|
|
2539 Interactively, default value of N = 1, meaning the last saved window
|
|
|
2540 configuration is displayed.
|
|
|
2541
|
|
|
2542 The sequence of window configurations wraps around, so that after the oldest
|
|
|
2543 one comes the newest one." t nil)
|
|
|
2544
|
|
|
2545 ;;;***
|
|
|
2546
|
|
|
2547 ;;;### (autoloads (rolo-logic) "wrolo-logic" "hyperbole/wrolo-logic.el")
|
|
|
2548
|
|
|
2549 (autoload 'rolo-logic "wrolo-logic" "\
|
|
|
2550 Apply FUNC to all entries in optional IN-BUFS, display entries where FUNC is non-nil.
|
|
|
2551 If IN-BUFS is nil, 'rolo-file-list' is used. If optional COUNT-ONLY is
|
|
|
2552 non-nil, don't display entries, return count of matching entries only. If
|
|
|
2553 optional INCLUDE-SUB-ENTRIES flag is non-nil, FUNC will be applied across all
|
|
|
2554 sub-entries at once. Default is to apply FUNC to each entry and sub-entry
|
|
|
2555 separately. Entries are displayed with all of their sub-entries unless
|
|
|
2556 INCLUDE-SUB-ENTRIES is nil and optional NO-SUB-ENTRIES-OUT flag is non-nil.
|
|
|
2557 FUNC should use the free variables 'start' and 'end' which contain the limits
|
|
|
2558 of the region on which it should operate. Returns number of applications of
|
|
|
2559 FUNC that return non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2560
|
|
|
2561 ;;;***
|
|
|
2562
|
|
|
2563 ;;;### (autoloads (rolo-yank rolo-sort rolo-kill rolo-grep rolo-fgrep rolo-edit rolo-display-matches rolo-add) "wrolo" "hyperbole/wrolo.el")
|
|
|
2564
|
|
|
2565 (autoload 'rolo-add "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2566 Adds a new entry in personal rolodex for NAME.
|
|
|
2567 Last name first is best, e.g. \"Smith, John\".
|
|
|
2568 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to add entry within.
|
|
|
2569 NAME may be of the form: parent/child to insert child below a parent
|
|
|
2570 entry which begins with the parent string." t nil)
|
|
|
2571
|
|
|
2572 (autoload 'rolo-display-matches "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2573 Display optional DISPLAY-BUF buffer of previously found rolodex matches.
|
|
|
2574 If DISPLAY-BUF is nil, use the value in 'rolo-display-buffer'.
|
|
|
2575 Second arg RETURN-TO-BUFFER is the buffer to leave point within after the display." t nil)
|
|
|
2576
|
|
|
2577 (autoload 'rolo-edit "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2578 Edits a rolodex entry given by optional NAME within 'rolo-file-list'.
|
|
|
2579 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to locate entry within.
|
|
|
2580 With no NAME arg, simply displays FILE or first entry in 'rolo-file-list' in an
|
|
|
2581 editable mode. NAME may be of the form: parent/child to edit child below a
|
|
|
2582 parent entry which begins with the parent string." t nil)
|
|
|
2583
|
|
|
2584 (autoload 'rolo-fgrep "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2585 Display rolodex entries matching STRING.
|
|
|
2586 To a maximum of optional prefix arg MAX-MATCHES, in file(s) from optional
|
|
|
2587 ROLO-FILE or rolo-file-list. Default is to find all matching entries. Each
|
|
|
2588 entry is displayed with all of its sub-entries. Optional COUNT-ONLY non-nil
|
|
|
2589 means don't retrieve and don't display matching entries. Optional NO-DISPLAY
|
|
|
2590 non-nil means retrieve entries but don't display.
|
|
|
2591
|
|
|
2592 Nil value of MAX-MATCHES means find all matches, t value means find all matches
|
|
|
2593 but omit file headers, negative values mean find up to the inverse of that
|
|
|
2594 number of entries and omit file headers.
|
|
|
2595
|
|
|
2596 Returns number of entries matched. See also documentation for the variable
|
|
|
2597 rolo-file-list." t nil)
|
|
|
2598
|
|
|
2599 (autoload 'rolo-grep "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2600 Display rolodex entries matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
2601 To a maximum of prefix arg MAX-MATCHES, in buffer(s) from optional ROLO-BUFS or
|
|
|
2602 rolo-file-list. Default is to find all matching entries. Each entry is
|
|
|
2603 displayed with all of its sub-entries. Optional COUNT-ONLY non-nil means don't
|
|
|
2604 retrieve and don't display matching entries. Optional NO-DISPLAY non-nil
|
|
|
2605 means retrieve entries but don't display.
|
|
|
2606
|
|
|
2607 Nil value of MAX-MATCHES means find all matches, t value means find all matches
|
|
|
2608 but omit file headers, negative values mean find up to the inverse of that
|
|
|
2609 number of entries and omit file headers.
|
|
|
2610
|
|
|
2611 Returns number of entries matched. See also documentation for the variable
|
|
|
2612 rolo-file-list." t nil)
|
|
|
2613
|
|
|
2614 (autoload 'rolo-kill "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2615 Kills a rolodex entry given by NAME within 'rolo-file-list'.
|
|
|
2616 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to locate entry within.
|
|
|
2617 NAME may be of the form: parent/child to kill child below a parent entry
|
|
|
2618 which begins with the parent string.
|
|
|
2619 Returns t if entry is killed, nil otherwise." t nil)
|
|
|
2620
|
|
|
2621 (autoload 'rolo-sort "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2622 Sorts up to 14 levels of entries in ROLO-FILE (default is personal rolo).
|
|
|
2623 Assumes entries are delimited by one or more '*'characters.
|
|
|
2624 Returns list of number of groupings at each entry level." t nil)
|
|
|
2625
|
|
|
2626 (autoload 'rolo-yank "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2627 Inserts at point the first rolodex entry matching NAME.
|
|
|
2628 With optional prefix arg, REGEXP-P, treats NAME as a regular expression instead
|
|
|
2629 of a string." t nil)
|
|
|
2630
|
|
|
2631 ;;;***
|
|
|
2632
|
|
|
2633 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "iso/iso-acc.el")
|
|
|
2634
|
|
|
2635 (autoload 'iso-accents-mode "iso-acc" "\
|
|
|
2636 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
|
|
|
2637 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
|
|
|
2638 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
|
|
|
2639 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
|
|
|
2640 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
|
|
|
2641
|
|
|
2642 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
|
|
|
2643 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
|
|
|
2644
|
|
|
2645 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
|
|
|
2646 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
|
|
|
2647 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
|
|
|
2648 \"s gives German sharp s.
|
|
|
2649 /a gives a with ring.
|
|
|
2650 /e gives an a-e ligature.
|
|
|
2651 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
|
|
|
2652 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
|
|
|
2653 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
|
|
|
2654
|
|
|
2655 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
|
|
|
2656 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
|
|
|
2657
|
|
|
2658 ;;;***
|
|
|
2659
|
|
|
2660 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-deactivate-passwd mc-install-write-mode mc-install-read-mode) "mailcrypt" "mailcrypt/mailcrypt.el")
|
|
|
2661
|
|
|
2662 (autoload 'mc-install-read-mode "mailcrypt" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2663
|
|
|
2664 (autoload 'mc-install-write-mode "mailcrypt" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2665
|
|
|
2666 (autoload 'mc-deactivate-passwd "mailcrypt" "\
|
|
|
2667 *Deactivate the passphrase cache." t nil)
|
|
|
2668
|
|
|
2669 ;;;***
|
|
|
2670
|
|
|
2671 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-pgp-fetch-key mc-scheme-pgp) "mc-pgp" "mailcrypt/mc-pgp.el")
|
|
|
2672
|
|
|
2673 (autoload 'mc-scheme-pgp "mc-pgp" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
2674
|
|
|
2675 (autoload 'mc-pgp-fetch-key "mc-pgp" "\
|
|
|
2676 Attempt to fetch a key for addition to PGP keyring. Interactively,
|
|
|
2677 prompt for string matching key to fetch.
|
|
|
2678
|
|
|
2679 Non-interactively, ID must be a pair. The CAR must be a bare Email
|
|
|
2680 address and the CDR a keyID (with \"0x\" prefix). Either, but not
|
|
|
2681 both, may be nil.
|
|
|
2682
|
|
|
2683 Return t if we think we were successful; nil otherwise. Note that nil
|
|
|
2684 is not necessarily an error, since we may have merely fired off an Email
|
|
|
2685 request for the key." t nil)
|
|
|
2686
|
|
|
2687 ;;;***
|
|
|
2688
|
|
|
2689 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-remailer-insert-response-block mc-remailer-encrypt-for-chain mc-remailer-insert-pseudonym) "mc-remail" "mailcrypt/mc-remail.el")
|
|
|
2690
|
|
|
2691 (autoload 'mc-remailer-insert-pseudonym "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2692 Insert pseudonym as a From field in the hash-mark header.
|
|
|
2693
|
|
|
2694 See the documentation for the variable `mc-remailer-pseudonyms' for
|
|
|
2695 more information." t nil)
|
|
|
2696
|
|
|
2697 (autoload 'mc-remailer-encrypt-for-chain "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2698 Encrypt message for a remailer chain, prompting for chain to use.
|
|
|
2699
|
|
|
2700 With \\[universal-argument], pause before each encryption." t nil)
|
|
|
2701
|
|
|
2702 (autoload 'mc-remailer-insert-response-block "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2703 Insert response block at point, prompting for chain to use.
|
|
|
2704
|
|
|
2705 With \\[universal-argument], enter a recursive edit of the innermost
|
|
|
2706 layer of the block before encrypting it." t nil)
|
|
|
2707
|
|
|
2708 ;;;***
|
|
|
2709
|
|
|
2710 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-mh-snarf-keys mc-mh-verify-signature mc-mh-decrypt-message mc-gnus-decrypt-message mc-gnus-snarf-keys mc-gnus-verify-signature mc-vm-snarf-keys mc-vm-decrypt-message mc-vm-verify-signature mc-rmail-decrypt-message mc-rmail-verify-signature mc-rmail-summary-snarf-keys mc-rmail-summary-decrypt-message mc-rmail-summary-verify-signature mc-snarf-keys mc-snarf mc-insert-public-key mc-verify-signature mc-verify mc-sign-message mc-sign mc-decrypt-message mc-decrypt mc-encrypt-message mc-encrypt mc-cleanup-recipient-headers) "mc-toplev" "mailcrypt/mc-toplev.el")
|
|
|
2711
|
|
|
2712 (autoload 'mc-cleanup-recipient-headers "mc-toplev" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
2713
|
|
|
2714 (autoload 'mc-encrypt "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2715 *Encrypt the current buffer.
|
|
|
2716
|
|
|
2717 Exact behavior depends on current major mode.
|
|
|
2718
|
|
|
2719 With \\[universal-argument], prompt for User ID to sign as.
|
|
|
2720
|
|
|
2721 With \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], prompt for encryption scheme to use." t nil)
|
|
|
2722
|
|
|
2723 (autoload 'mc-encrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2724 *Encrypt a message for RECIPIENTS using the given encryption SCHEME.
|
|
|
2725 RECIPIENTS is a comma separated string. If SCHEME is nil, use the value
|
|
|
2726 of `mc-default-scheme'. Returns t on success, nil otherwise." nil nil)
|
|
|
2727
|
|
|
2728 (autoload 'mc-decrypt "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2729 *Decrypt a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2730
|
|
|
2731 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
2732
|
|
|
2733 (autoload 'mc-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2734 Decrypt whatever message is in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2735 Returns a pair (SUCCEEDED . VERIFIED) where SUCCEEDED is t if the encryption
|
|
|
2736 succeeded and VERIFIED is t if it had a valid signature." nil nil)
|
|
|
2737
|
|
|
2738 (autoload 'mc-sign "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2739 *Sign a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2740
|
|
|
2741 Exact behavior depends on current major mode.
|
|
|
2742
|
|
|
2743 With one prefix arg, prompts for private key to use, with two prefix args,
|
|
|
2744 also prompts for encryption scheme to use. With negative prefix arg,
|
|
|
2745 inhibits clearsigning (pgp)." t nil)
|
|
|
2746
|
|
|
2747 (autoload 'mc-sign-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2748 Clear sign the message." nil nil)
|
|
|
2749
|
|
|
2750 (autoload 'mc-verify "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2751 *Verify a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2752
|
|
|
2753 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
2754
|
|
|
2755 (autoload 'mc-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2756 *Verify the signature of the signed message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2757 Show the result as a message in the minibuffer. Returns t if the signature
|
|
|
2758 is verified." nil nil)
|
|
|
2759
|
|
|
2760 (autoload 'mc-insert-public-key "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2761 *Insert your public key at point.
|
|
|
2762 With one prefix arg, prompts for user id to use. With two prefix
|
|
|
2763 args, prompts for encryption scheme." t nil)
|
|
|
2764
|
|
|
2765 (autoload 'mc-snarf "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2766 *Add all public keys in the buffer to your keyring.
|
|
|
2767
|
|
|
2768 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
2769
|
|
|
2770 (autoload 'mc-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2771 *Add all public keys in the buffer to your keyring." t nil)
|
|
|
2772
|
|
|
2773 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2774 *Verify the signature in the current message." t nil)
|
|
|
2775
|
|
|
2776 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2777 *Decrypt the contents of this message" t nil)
|
|
|
2778
|
|
|
2779 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2780 *Adds keys from current message to public key ring" t nil)
|
|
|
2781
|
|
|
2782 (autoload 'mc-rmail-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2783 *Verify the signature in the current message." t nil)
|
|
|
2784
|
|
|
2785 (autoload 'mc-rmail-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2786 *Decrypt the contents of this message" t nil)
|
|
|
2787
|
|
|
2788 (autoload 'mc-vm-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2789 *Verify the signature in the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
2790
|
|
|
2791 (autoload 'mc-vm-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2792 *Decrypt the contents of the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
2793
|
|
|
2794 (autoload 'mc-vm-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2795 *Snarf public key from the contents of the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
2796
|
|
|
2797 (autoload 'mc-gnus-verify-signature "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2798
|
|
|
2799 (autoload 'mc-gnus-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2800
|
|
|
2801 (autoload 'mc-gnus-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2802
|
|
|
2803 (autoload 'mc-mh-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2804 Decrypt the contents of the current MH message in the show buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2805
|
|
|
2806 (autoload 'mc-mh-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2807 *Verify the signature in the current MH message." t nil)
|
|
|
2808
|
|
|
2809 (autoload 'mc-mh-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2810
|
|
|
2811 ;;;***
|
|
|
2812
|
|
|
2813 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el")
|
|
|
2814
|
|
|
2815 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
2816 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2817 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
2818 to the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2819
|
|
|
2820 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2821
|
|
|
2822 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
2823 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2824 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
2825 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
|
|
|
2826 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
|
|
|
2827 that want to create a mail buffer.
|
|
|
2828 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
|
|
|
2829
|
|
|
2830 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
2831 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2832 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
2833 to the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2834
|
|
|
2835 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2836
|
|
|
2837 (autoload 'mh-letter-mode "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
2838 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
|
|
|
2839 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
|
|
|
2840 using the MH mail handling system.
|
|
|
2841 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
|
|
|
2842 messages.
|
|
|
2843
|
|
|
2844 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
|
|
|
2845
|
|
|
2846 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
|
|
|
2847
|
|
|
2848 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
|
|
|
2849 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
|
|
|
2850 the yanked message.
|
|
|
2851
|
|
|
2852 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
|
|
|
2853 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
|
|
|
2854 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
|
|
|
2855 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
|
|
|
2856 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
|
|
|
2857
|
|
|
2858 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
|
|
|
2859 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
|
|
|
2860 inserted in a draft letter.
|
|
|
2861
|
|
|
2862 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
|
|
|
2863 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
|
|
|
2864
|
|
|
2865 Upon invoking mh-letter-mode, text-mode-hook and mh-letter-mode-hook are
|
|
|
2866 invoked with no args, if those values are non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2867
|
|
|
2868 ;;;***
|
|
|
2869
|
|
|
2870 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el")
|
|
|
2871
|
|
|
2872 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-e" "\
|
|
|
2873 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
|
|
|
2874 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
2875 to the MH mail system." t nil)
|
|
|
2876
|
|
|
2877 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
|
|
|
2878 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
|
|
|
2879
|
|
|
2880 ;;;***
|
|
|
2881
|
|
|
2882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mh-e/mh-mime.el")
|
|
|
2883
|
|
|
2884 (defvar mh-mime-content-types '(("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg")) "\
|
|
|
2885 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
|
|
|
2886
|
|
|
2887 ;;;***
|
|
|
2888
|
|
|
2889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el")
|
|
|
2890
|
|
|
2891 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
2892
|
|
|
2893 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
2894
|
|
|
2895 ;;;***
|
|
|
2896
|
|
|
2897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "modes/abbrev.el")
|
|
|
2898
|
|
|
2899 ;;;***
|
|
|
2900
|
|
|
2901 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-make-filename-from-adaname ada-mode) "ada-mode" "modes/ada-mode.el")
|
|
|
2902
|
|
|
2903 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
|
|
|
2904 Ada Mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
|
|
|
2905
|
|
|
2906 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
|
|
|
2907
|
|
|
2908 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
|
|
|
2909 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
|
|
|
2910
|
|
|
2911 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
|
|
|
2912 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
|
|
|
2913 Call external pretty printer program '\\[ada-call-pretty-printer]'
|
|
|
2914
|
|
|
2915 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
|
|
|
2916 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
|
|
|
2917
|
|
|
2918 Call EXTERNAL pretty printer (if you have one) '\\[ada-call-pretty-printer]'
|
|
|
2919
|
|
|
2920 Fill comment paragraph '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph]'
|
|
|
2921 Fill comment paragraph and justify each line '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph-justify]'
|
|
|
2922 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph-postfix]'
|
|
|
2923
|
|
|
2924 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
|
|
|
2925 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
|
|
|
2926
|
|
|
2927 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
|
|
|
2928 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
|
|
|
2929
|
|
|
2930 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
|
|
|
2931 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
|
|
|
2932 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
|
|
|
2933 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
|
|
|
2934 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
|
|
|
2935
|
|
|
2936 If you use imenu.el:
|
|
|
2937 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
|
|
|
2938
|
|
|
2939 If you use find-file.el:
|
|
|
2940 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
|
|
|
2941 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
|
|
|
2942 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
|
|
|
2943 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
|
|
|
2944 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created
|
|
|
2945 with body stubs.
|
|
|
2946
|
|
|
2947 If you use ada-xref.el:
|
|
|
2948 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
|
|
|
2949 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
|
|
|
2950 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'
|
|
|
2951 Execute Gnatf: '\\[ada-gnatf-current]'" t nil)
|
|
|
2952
|
|
|
2953 (autoload 'ada-make-filename-from-adaname "ada-mode" "\
|
|
|
2954 Determine the filename of a package/procedure from its own Ada name." t nil)
|
|
|
2955
|
|
|
2956 ;;;***
|
|
|
2957
|
|
|
2958 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "modes/arc-mode.el")
|
|
|
2959
|
|
|
2960 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
|
|
|
2961 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
|
|
|
2962 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
|
|
|
2963 Letters no longer insert themselves.
|
|
|
2964 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
|
|
|
2965 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
|
|
|
2966
|
|
|
2967 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
|
|
|
2968 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
|
|
|
2969 archive.
|
|
|
2970
|
|
|
2971 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
|
|
|
2972
|
|
|
2973 ;;;***
|
|
|
2974
|
|
|
2975 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "modes/asm-mode.el")
|
|
|
2976
|
|
|
2977 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
|
|
|
2978 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
|
|
|
2979 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
|
|
|
2980
|
|
|
2981 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
2982 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
2983 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
2984 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
|
|
|
2985
|
|
|
2986 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
|
|
|
2987 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?;').
|
|
|
2988
|
|
|
2989 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
|
|
|
2990 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
|
|
|
2991
|
|
|
2992 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
|
|
|
2993
|
|
|
2994 Special commands:
|
|
|
2995 \\{asm-mode-map}
|
|
|
2996 " t nil)
|
|
|
2997
|
|
|
2998 ;;;***
|
|
|
2999
|
|
|
3000 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "modes/awk-mode.el")
|
|
|
3001
|
|
|
3002 (autoload 'awk-mode "awk-mode" "\
|
|
|
3003 Major mode for editing AWK code.
|
|
|
3004 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
|
|
|
3005 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
|
|
|
3006 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
|
|
|
3007
|
|
|
3008 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3009 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3010
|
|
|
3011 ;;;***
|
|
|
3012
|
|
|
3013 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "modes/bibtex.el")
|
|
|
3014
|
|
|
3015 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
|
|
|
3016 Major mode for editing bibtex files.
|
|
|
3017
|
|
|
3018 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
|
|
|
3019
|
|
|
3020 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
|
|
|
3021
|
|
|
3022 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and thus ignored by BibTeX.
|
|
|
3023 The OPT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT].
|
|
|
3024 \\[bibtex-kill-optional-field] kills the current optional field entirely.
|
|
|
3025 \\[bibtex-remove-double-quotes] removes the double-quotes around the text of
|
|
|
3026 the current field. \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current
|
|
|
3027 field with the default \"\".
|
|
|
3028
|
|
|
3029 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. (i) removes
|
|
|
3030 double-quotes from entirely numerical fields, (ii) removes OPT from all
|
|
|
3031 non-empty optional fields, (iii) removes all empty optional fields, and (iv)
|
|
|
3032 checks that no non-optional fields are empty.
|
|
|
3033
|
|
|
3034 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the dot at the end of the current field.
|
|
|
3035 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
|
|
|
3036
|
|
|
3037 The following may be of interest as well:
|
|
|
3038
|
|
|
3039 Functions:
|
|
|
3040 find-bibtex-duplicates
|
|
|
3041 find-bibtex-entry-location
|
|
|
3042 hide-bibtex-entry-bodies
|
|
|
3043 sort-bibtex-entries
|
|
|
3044 validate-bibtex-buffer
|
|
|
3045
|
|
|
3046 Variables:
|
|
|
3047 bibtex-clean-entry-zap-empty-opts
|
|
|
3048 bibtex-entry-field-alist
|
|
|
3049 bibtex-include-OPTannote
|
|
|
3050 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
|
|
|
3051 bibtex-include-OPTkey
|
|
|
3052 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
|
|
|
3053 bibtex-mode-user-optional-fields
|
|
|
3054
|
|
|
3055 Fields:
|
|
|
3056 address
|
|
|
3057 Publisher's address
|
|
|
3058 annote
|
|
|
3059 Long annotation used for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3060 author
|
|
|
3061 Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format
|
|
|
3062 booktitle
|
|
|
3063 Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
|
|
|
3064 For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
|
|
|
3065 chapter
|
|
|
3066 Chapter number
|
|
|
3067 crossref
|
|
|
3068 The database key of the entry being cross referenced.
|
|
|
3069 edition
|
|
|
3070 Edition of a book (e.g., \"second\")
|
|
|
3071 editor
|
|
|
3072 Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
|
|
|
3073 If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
|
|
|
3074 for the book or collection that the work appears in
|
|
|
3075 howpublished
|
|
|
3076 How something strange has been published (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3077 institution
|
|
|
3078 Sponsoring institution
|
|
|
3079 journal
|
|
|
3080 Journal name (macros are provided for many)
|
|
|
3081 key
|
|
|
3082 Alphabetizing and labeling key (needed when no author or editor)
|
|
|
3083 month
|
|
|
3084 Month (macros are provided)
|
|
|
3085 note
|
|
|
3086 To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3087 number
|
|
|
3088 Number of a journal or technical report
|
|
|
3089 organization
|
|
|
3090 Organization (sponsoring a conference)
|
|
|
3091 pages
|
|
|
3092 Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range)
|
|
|
3093 publisher
|
|
|
3094 Publisher name
|
|
|
3095 school
|
|
|
3096 School name (for theses)
|
|
|
3097 series
|
|
|
3098 The name of a series or set of books.
|
|
|
3099 An individual book will also have its own title
|
|
|
3100 title
|
|
|
3101 The title of the thing being referenced
|
|
|
3102 type
|
|
|
3103 Type of a technical report (e.g., \"Research Note\") to be used
|
|
|
3104 instead of the default \"Technical Report\"
|
|
|
3105 volume
|
|
|
3106 Volume of a journal or multivolume work
|
|
|
3107 year
|
|
|
3108 Year---should contain only numerals
|
|
|
3109 ---------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
3110 Entry to this mode calls the value of bibtex-mode-hook if that value is
|
|
|
3111 non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3112
|
|
|
3113 ;;;***
|
|
|
3114
|
|
|
3115 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-style java-mode objc-mode c++-mode c-mode) "cc-mode" "modes/cc-mode.el")
|
|
|
3116
|
|
|
3117 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3118 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
|
|
|
3119 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
3120 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
|
|
|
3121 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
|
|
|
3122 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
|
|
|
3123
|
|
|
3124 To see what version of cc-mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
|
3125
|
|
|
3126 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
|
|
|
3127 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
|
|
|
3128 run first.
|
|
|
3129
|
|
|
3130 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3131 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3132
|
|
|
3133 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3134 Major mode for editing C++ code.
|
|
|
3135 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
3136 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3137 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3138 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
|
|
|
3139 message.
|
|
|
3140
|
|
|
3141 To see what version of cc-mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
|
3142
|
|
|
3143 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
|
|
|
3144 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
|
|
|
3145 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
|
|
|
3146
|
|
|
3147 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3148 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3149
|
|
|
3150 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3151 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
|
|
|
3152 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
|
|
|
3153 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3154 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3155 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
|
|
|
3156 message.
|
|
|
3157
|
|
|
3158 To see what version of cc-mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
|
3159
|
|
|
3160 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
|
|
|
3161 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
|
|
|
3162 is run first.
|
|
|
3163
|
|
|
3164 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3165 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3166
|
|
|
3167 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3168 Major mode for editing Java code.
|
|
|
3169 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
|
|
|
3170 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3171 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3172 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
|
|
|
3173 message.
|
|
|
3174
|
|
|
3175 To see what version of cc-mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
|
3176
|
|
|
3177 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
|
|
|
3178 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
|
|
|
3179 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
|
|
|
3180 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
|
|
|
3181 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
|
|
|
3182
|
|
|
3183 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3184 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3185
|
|
|
3186 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3187 Set cc-mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
|
|
|
3188 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
|
|
|
3189 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
|
|
|
3190 for details of setting up styles." t nil)
|
|
|
3191
|
|
|
3192 (fset 'set-c-style 'c-set-style)
|
|
|
3193
|
|
|
3194 ;;;***
|
|
|
3195
|
|
|
3196 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "modes/cl-indent.el")
|
|
|
3197
|
|
|
3198 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3199
|
|
|
3200 ;;;***
|
|
|
3201
|
|
|
3202 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "modes/cmacexp.el")
|
|
|
3203
|
|
|
3204 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
|
|
|
3205 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
|
|
|
3206 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
|
|
|
3207 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
|
|
|
3208
|
|
|
3209 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
|
|
|
3210 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
|
|
|
3211 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
|
|
|
3212
|
|
|
3213 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
|
|
|
3214 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
|
|
|
3215
|
|
|
3216 ;;;***
|
|
|
3217
|
|
|
3218 ;;;### (autoloads (eiffel-mode) "eiffel3" "modes/eiffel3.el")
|
|
|
3219
|
|
|
3220 (autoload 'eiffel-mode "eiffel3" "\
|
|
|
3221 Major mode for editing Eiffel programs." t nil)
|
|
|
3222
|
|
|
3223 ;;;***
|
|
|
3224
|
|
|
3225 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode) "enriched" "modes/enriched.el")
|
|
|
3226
|
|
|
3227 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
|
|
|
3228 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
|
|
|
3229 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
|
|
|
3230 text/enriched format.
|
|
|
3231 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
3232
|
|
|
3233 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
|
|
|
3234 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
|
|
|
3235
|
|
|
3236 Commands:
|
|
|
3237
|
|
|
3238 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3239
|
|
|
3240 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3241
|
|
|
3242 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3243
|
|
|
3244 ;;;***
|
|
|
3245
|
|
|
3246 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic) "executable" "modes/executable.el")
|
|
|
3247
|
|
|
3248 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
|
|
|
3249 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
|
|
|
3250 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
|
|
|
3251 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
|
|
|
3252 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
|
|
|
3253 executable." t nil)
|
|
|
3254
|
|
|
3255 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
|
|
|
3256 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
|
|
|
3257 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
|
|
|
3258
|
|
|
3259 ;;;***
|
|
|
3260
|
|
|
3261 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "modes/f90.el")
|
|
|
3262
|
|
|
3263 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
|
|
|
3264 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
|
|
|
3265
|
|
|
3266 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
|
|
|
3267 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
|
|
|
3268 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
|
|
|
3269
|
|
|
3270 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
|
|
|
3271
|
|
|
3272 Key definitions:
|
|
|
3273 \\{f90-mode-map}
|
|
|
3274
|
|
|
3275 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
|
|
|
3276
|
|
|
3277 f90-do-indent
|
|
|
3278 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3279 f90-if-indent
|
|
|
3280 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3281 f90-type-indent
|
|
|
3282 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3283 f90-program-indent
|
|
|
3284 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
|
|
|
3285 (default 2)
|
|
|
3286 f90-continuation-indent
|
|
|
3287 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
|
|
|
3288 f90-comment-region
|
|
|
3289 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
|
|
|
3290 region. (default \"!!!$\")
|
|
|
3291 f90-indented-comment-re
|
|
|
3292 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
|
|
|
3293 (default \"!\")
|
|
|
3294 f90-directive-comment-re
|
|
|
3295 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
|
|
|
3296 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
|
|
|
3297 f90-break-delimiters
|
|
|
3298 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
|
|
|
3299 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
|
|
|
3300 f90-break-before-delimiters
|
|
|
3301 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
|
|
|
3302 (default t)
|
|
|
3303 f90-beginning-ampersand
|
|
|
3304 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
|
|
|
3305 f90-smart-end
|
|
|
3306 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
|
|
|
3307 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
|
|
|
3308 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
|
|
|
3309 f90-auto-keyword-case
|
|
|
3310 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
|
|
|
3311 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
|
|
|
3312 f90-leave-line-no
|
|
|
3313 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
|
|
|
3314 f90-startup-message
|
|
|
3315 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
|
|
|
3316 f90-keywords-re
|
|
|
3317 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
|
|
|
3318
|
|
|
3319 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3320 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3321
|
|
|
3322 ;;;***
|
|
|
3323
|
|
|
3324 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "modes/follow.el")
|
|
|
3325
|
|
|
3326 (add-minor-mode 'follow-mode nil 'follow-mode-map)
|
|
|
3327
|
|
|
3328 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3329 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
3330
|
|
|
3331 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3332 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
3333
|
|
|
3334 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3335 Minor mode which combines windows into one tall virtual window.
|
|
|
3336
|
|
|
3337 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
|
|
|
3338 of two major techniques:
|
|
|
3339
|
|
|
3340 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
|
|
|
3341 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
|
|
|
3342 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
|
|
|
3343
|
|
|
3344 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
|
|
|
3345 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
|
|
|
3346 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
|
|
|
3347 movement commands.
|
|
|
3348
|
|
|
3349 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
|
|
|
3350 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
|
|
|
3351 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
|
|
|
3352 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
|
|
|
3353 and beeing able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
|
|
|
3354 mileage may vary).
|
|
|
3355
|
|
|
3356 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
|
|
|
3357 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
|
|
|
3358
|
|
|
3359 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
|
|
|
3360
|
|
|
3361 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
|
|
|
3362 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
|
|
|
3363 \(This is the default.)
|
|
|
3364
|
|
|
3365 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3366 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
|
|
|
3367
|
|
|
3368 Keys specific to Follow mode:
|
|
|
3369 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3370
|
|
|
3371 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
|
|
|
3372 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
|
|
|
3373
|
|
|
3374 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
|
|
|
3375 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
|
|
|
3376 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
|
|
|
3377 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
|
|
|
3378 two windows always will display two successive pages.
|
|
|
3379 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
|
|
|
3380
|
|
|
3381 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
|
|
|
3382 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
|
|
|
3383 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
|
|
|
3384
|
|
|
3385 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
|
|
|
3386 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
|
|
|
3387 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
|
|
|
3388
|
|
|
3389 ;;;***
|
|
|
3390
|
|
|
3391 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "modes/fortran.el")
|
|
|
3392
|
|
|
3393 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
|
|
|
3394 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
|
|
|
3395 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
|
|
|
3396 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
|
|
|
3397 with a character in column 6.")
|
|
|
3398
|
|
|
3399 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
|
|
|
3400 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
|
|
|
3401 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
|
|
|
3402 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
|
|
|
3403
|
|
|
3404 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
|
|
|
3405
|
|
|
3406 Key definitions:
|
|
|
3407 \\{fortran-mode-map}
|
|
|
3408
|
|
|
3409 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
|
|
|
3410
|
|
|
3411 comment-start
|
|
|
3412 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
|
|
|
3413 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
|
|
|
3414 fortran-do-indent
|
|
|
3415 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3416 fortran-if-indent
|
|
|
3417 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3418 fortran-structure-indent
|
|
|
3419 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
|
|
|
3420 (default 3)
|
|
|
3421 fortran-continuation-indent
|
|
|
3422 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
|
|
|
3423 fortran-comment-line-extra-indent
|
|
|
3424 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
|
|
|
3425 fortran-comment-indent-style
|
|
|
3426 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
|
|
|
3427 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
|
|
|
3428 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
|
|
|
3429 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
|
|
|
3430 (for TAB format continuation style).
|
|
|
3431 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
|
|
|
3432 indentation for a line of code.
|
|
|
3433 (default 'fixed)
|
|
|
3434 fortran-comment-indent-char
|
|
|
3435 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
|
|
|
3436 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
|
|
|
3437 fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed
|
|
|
3438 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
|
|
|
3439 fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab
|
|
|
3440 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
|
|
|
3441 fortran-line-number-indent
|
|
|
3442 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
|
|
|
3443 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
|
|
|
3444 column 5. (default 1)
|
|
|
3445 fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do
|
|
|
3446 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
|
|
|
3447 statements. (default nil)
|
|
|
3448 fortran-blink-matching-if
|
|
|
3449 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
|
|
|
3450 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
|
|
|
3451 statement. (default nil)
|
|
|
3452 fortran-continuation-string
|
|
|
3453 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
|
|
|
3454 line. (default \"$\")
|
|
|
3455 fortran-comment-region
|
|
|
3456 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
|
|
|
3457 region. (default \"c$$$\")
|
|
|
3458 fortran-electric-line-number
|
|
|
3459 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
|
|
|
3460 as typed. (default t)
|
|
|
3461 fortran-break-before-delimiters
|
|
|
3462 Non-nil causes `fortran-fill' breaks lines before delimiters.
|
|
|
3463 (default t)
|
|
|
3464 fortran-startup-message
|
|
|
3465 Set to nil to inhibit message first time Fortran mode is used.
|
|
|
3466
|
|
|
3467 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3468 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3469
|
|
|
3470 ;;;***
|
|
|
3471
|
|
|
3472 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "modes/hideif.el")
|
|
|
3473
|
|
|
3474 (add-minor-mode 'hide-ifdef-mode " Ifdef")
|
|
|
3475
|
|
|
3476 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
|
|
|
3477 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
|
|
|
3478 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
3479 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
|
|
|
3480 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
|
|
|
3481 how the hiding is done:
|
|
|
3482
|
|
|
3483 hide-ifdef-env
|
|
|
3484 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
|
|
|
3485 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3486 is used.
|
|
|
3487
|
|
|
3488 hide-ifdef-define-alist
|
|
|
3489 An association list of defined symbol lists.
|
|
|
3490 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3491 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3492 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
|
|
|
3493
|
|
|
3494 hide-ifdef-lines
|
|
|
3495 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
|
|
|
3496 #endif lines when hiding.
|
|
|
3497
|
|
|
3498 hide-ifdef-initially
|
|
|
3499 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
|
|
|
3500 is activated.
|
|
|
3501
|
|
|
3502 hide-ifdef-read-only
|
|
|
3503 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
|
|
|
3504 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
|
|
|
3505
|
|
|
3506 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3507
|
|
|
3508 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
|
|
|
3509 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
|
|
|
3510
|
|
|
3511 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
|
|
|
3512 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
|
|
|
3513
|
|
|
3514 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
|
|
|
3515 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
|
|
|
3516
|
|
|
3517 ;;;***
|
|
|
3518
|
|
|
3519 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-block hs-hide-all) "hideshow" "modes/hideshow.el")
|
|
|
3520
|
|
|
3521 (defvar hs-minor-mode nil "\
|
|
|
3522 Non-nil if using hideshow mode as a minor mode of some other mode.
|
|
|
3523 Use the command `hs-minor-mode' to toggle this variable.")
|
|
|
3524
|
|
|
3525 (autoload 'hs-hide-all "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3526 Hides all top-level blocks, displaying only first and last lines.
|
|
|
3527 It moves point to the beginning of the line, and it runs the normal hook
|
|
|
3528 `hs-hide-hook'. See documentation for `run-hooks'." t nil)
|
|
|
3529
|
|
|
3530 (autoload 'hs-hide-block "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3531 Selects a block and hides it. With prefix arg, reposition at end.
|
|
|
3532 Block is defined as a sexp for lispish modes, mode-specific otherwise.
|
|
|
3533 Comments are blocks, too. Upon completion, point is at repositioned and
|
|
|
3534 the normal hook `hs-hide-hook' is run. See documentation for `run-hooks'." t nil)
|
|
|
3535
|
|
|
3536 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3537 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
|
|
|
3538 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
3539 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
|
|
|
3540 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled. The variables
|
|
|
3541 `selective-display' and `selective-display-ellipses' are set to t.
|
|
|
3542 Last, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run; see the doc for `run-hooks'.
|
|
|
3543
|
|
|
3544 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
|
|
|
3545 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands." t nil)
|
|
|
3546
|
|
|
3547 (add-minor-mode 'hs-minor-mode " hs" 'hs-minor-mode-map)
|
|
|
3548
|
|
|
3549 ;;;***
|
|
|
3550
|
|
|
3551 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "modes/icon.el")
|
|
|
3552
|
|
|
3553 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
|
|
|
3554 Major mode for editing Icon code.
|
|
|
3555 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
|
|
|
3556 Tab indents for Icon code.
|
|
|
3557 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
3558 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
3559 \\{icon-mode-map}
|
|
|
3560 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
3561 icon-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
3562 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
|
|
|
3563 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
3564 icon-auto-newline
|
|
|
3565 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
|
|
|
3566 inserted in Icon code.
|
|
|
3567 icon-indent-level
|
|
|
3568 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
3569 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
|
|
|
3570 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
|
|
|
3571 icon-continued-statement-offset
|
|
|
3572 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
|
|
|
3573 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
|
|
|
3574 icon-continued-brace-offset
|
|
|
3575 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
|
|
|
3576 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
|
|
|
3577 icon-brace-offset
|
|
|
3578 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
|
|
|
3579 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
|
|
|
3580 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
|
|
|
3581 this far to the right of the start of its line.
|
|
|
3582
|
|
|
3583 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3584 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3585
|
|
|
3586 ;;;***
|
|
|
3587
|
|
|
3588 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "modes/imenu.el")
|
|
|
3589
|
|
|
3590 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
|
|
|
3591 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
|
|
|
3592
|
|
|
3593 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu-create-index-with-pattern'
|
|
|
3594 to create a buffer index.
|
|
|
3595
|
|
|
3596 It is an alist with elements that look like this: (MENU-TITLE
|
|
|
3597 REGEXP INDEX).
|
|
|
3598
|
|
|
3599 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
|
|
|
3600 entries are not nested.
|
|
|
3601
|
|
|
3602 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
|
|
|
3603 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
|
|
|
3604 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
|
|
|
3605 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
|
|
|
3606
|
|
|
3607 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
|
|
|
3608 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
|
|
|
3609
|
|
|
3610 For emacs-lisp-mode for example PATTERN would look like:
|
|
|
3611
|
|
|
3612 '((nil \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(un\\\\|subst\\\\|macro\\\\|advice\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2)
|
|
|
3613 (\"*Vars*\" \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(var\\\\|const\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2)
|
|
|
3614 (\"*Types*\" \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(type\\\\|struct\\\\|class\\\\|ine-condition\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2))
|
|
|
3615
|
|
|
3616 The variable is buffer-local.")
|
|
|
3617
|
|
|
3618 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
|
|
|
3619
|
|
|
3620 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
|
|
|
3621 Adds an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
|
|
|
3622 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
|
|
|
3623 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
3624
|
|
|
3625 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
|
|
|
3626 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
|
|
|
3627 See `imenu-choose-buffer-index' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
3628
|
|
|
3629 ;;;***
|
|
|
3630
|
|
|
3631 ;;;### (autoloads (ksh-mode) "ksh-mode" "modes/ksh-mode.el")
|
|
|
3632
|
|
|
3633 (autoload 'ksh-mode "ksh-mode" "\
|
|
|
3634 ksh-mode $Revision: 1.3 $ - Major mode for editing (Bourne, Korn or Bourne again)
|
|
|
3635 shell scripts.
|
|
|
3636 Special key bindings and commands:
|
|
|
3637 \\{ksh-mode-map}
|
|
|
3638 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
3639 ksh-indent
|
|
|
3640 Indentation of ksh statements with respect to containing block.
|
|
|
3641 Default value is 2.
|
|
|
3642 ksh-case-indent
|
|
|
3643 Additional indentation for statements under case items.
|
|
|
3644 Default value is nil which will align the statements one position
|
|
|
3645 past the \")\" of the pattern.
|
|
|
3646 ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
3647 Additional indentation for case items within a case statement.
|
|
|
3648 Default value is 2.
|
|
|
3649 ksh-group-offset
|
|
|
3650 Additional indentation for keywords \"do\" and \"then\".
|
|
|
3651 Default value is -2.
|
|
|
3652 ksh-brace-offset
|
|
|
3653 Additional indentation of \"{\" under functions or brace groupings.
|
|
|
3654 Default value is 0.
|
|
|
3655 ksh-multiline-offset
|
|
|
3656 Additional indentation of line that is preceded of a line ending with a
|
|
|
3657 \\ to make it continue on next line.
|
|
|
3658 ksh-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
3659 Controls the operation of the TAB key. If t (the default), always
|
|
|
3660 reindent the current line. If nil, indent the current line only if
|
|
|
3661 point is at the left margin or in the line's indentation; otherwise
|
|
|
3662 insert a tab.
|
|
|
3663 ksh-match-and-tell
|
|
|
3664 If non-nil echo in the minibuffer the matching compound command
|
|
|
3665 for the \"done\", \"}\", \"fi\", or \"esac\". Default value is t.
|
|
|
3666
|
|
|
3667 ksh-align-to-keyword
|
|
|
3668 Controls whether nested constructs align from the keyword or
|
|
|
3669 the current indentation. If non-nil, indentation will be relative to
|
|
|
3670 the column the keyword starts. If nil, indentation will be relative to
|
|
|
3671 the current indentation of the line the keyword is on.
|
|
|
3672 The default value is non-nil.
|
|
|
3673
|
|
|
3674 ksh-comment-regexp
|
|
|
3675 Regular expression used to recognize comments. Customize to support
|
|
|
3676 ksh-like languages. Default value is \" \\s *#\".
|
|
|
3677
|
|
|
3678 Style Guide.
|
|
|
3679 By setting
|
|
|
3680 (setq ksh-indent default-tab-width)
|
|
|
3681 (setq ksh-group-offset 0)
|
|
|
3682
|
|
|
3683 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3684
|
|
|
3685 if [ -z $foo ]
|
|
|
3686 then
|
|
|
3687 bar # <-- ksh-group-offset is additive to ksh-indent
|
|
|
3688 foo
|
|
|
3689 fi
|
|
|
3690
|
|
|
3691 By setting
|
|
|
3692 (setq ksh-indent default-tab-width)
|
|
|
3693 (setq ksh-group-offset (- 0 ksh-indent))
|
|
|
3694
|
|
|
3695 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3696
|
|
|
3697 if [ -z $foo ]
|
|
|
3698 then
|
|
|
3699 bar
|
|
|
3700 foo
|
|
|
3701 fi
|
|
|
3702
|
|
|
3703 By setting
|
|
|
3704 (setq ksh-case-item-offset 1)
|
|
|
3705 (setq ksh-case-indent nil)
|
|
|
3706
|
|
|
3707 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3708
|
|
|
3709 case x in *
|
|
|
3710 foo) bar # <-- ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
3711 baz;; # <-- ksh-case-indent aligns with \")\"
|
|
|
3712 foobar) foo
|
|
|
3713 bar;;
|
|
|
3714 esac
|
|
|
3715
|
|
|
3716 By setting
|
|
|
3717 (setq ksh-case-item-offset 1)
|
|
|
3718 (setq ksh-case-indent 6)
|
|
|
3719
|
|
|
3720 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3721
|
|
|
3722 case x in *
|
|
|
3723 foo) bar # <-- ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
3724 baz;; # <-- ksh-case-indent
|
|
|
3725 foobar) foo
|
|
|
3726 bar;;
|
|
|
3727 esac
|
|
|
3728
|
|
|
3729
|
|
|
3730 Installation:
|
|
|
3731
|
|
|
3732 (setq ksh-mode-hook
|
|
|
3733 (function (lambda ()
|
|
|
3734 (font-lock-mode 1) ;; font-lock the buffer
|
|
|
3735 (setq ksh-indent 8)
|
|
|
3736 (setq ksh-group-offset -8)
|
|
|
3737 (setq ksh-brace-offset -8)
|
|
|
3738 (setq ksh-tab-always-indent t)
|
|
|
3739 (setq ksh-match-and-tell t)
|
|
|
3740 (setq ksh-align-to-keyword t) ;; Turn on keyword alignment
|
|
|
3741 )))" t nil)
|
|
|
3742
|
|
|
3743 ;;;***
|
|
|
3744
|
|
|
3745 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "modes/m4-mode.el")
|
|
|
3746
|
|
|
3747 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
|
|
|
3748 A major-mode to edit m4 macro files
|
|
|
3749 \\{m4-mode-map}
|
|
|
3750 " t nil)
|
|
|
3751
|
|
|
3752 ;;;***
|
|
|
3753
|
|
|
3754 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-alias build-mail-aliases mail-aliases-setup) "mail-abbrevs" "modes/mail-abbrevs.el")
|
|
|
3755
|
|
|
3756 (defvar mail-abbrev-mailrc-file nil "\
|
|
|
3757 Name of file with mail aliases. If nil, ~/.mailrc is used.")
|
|
|
3758
|
|
|
3759 (defvar mail-aliases nil "\
|
|
|
3760 Word-abbrev table of mail address aliases.
|
|
|
3761 If this is nil, it means the aliases have not yet been initialized and
|
|
|
3762 should be read from the .mailrc file. (This is distinct from there being
|
|
|
3763 no aliases, which is represented by this being a table with no entries.)")
|
|
|
3764
|
|
|
3765 (autoload 'mail-aliases-setup "mail-abbrevs" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3766
|
|
|
3767 (autoload 'build-mail-aliases "mail-abbrevs" "\
|
|
|
3768 Read mail aliases from .mailrc and set mail-aliases." nil nil)
|
|
|
3769
|
|
|
3770 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mail-abbrevs" "\
|
|
|
3771 Define NAME as a mail-alias that translates to DEFINITION.
|
|
|
3772 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
|
|
|
3773
|
|
|
3774 ;;;***
|
|
|
3775
|
|
|
3776 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "modes/make-mode.el")
|
|
|
3777
|
|
|
3778 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
|
|
|
3779 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
|
|
|
3780 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
3781
|
|
|
3782 \\{makefile-mode-map}
|
|
|
3783
|
|
|
3784 In the browser, use the following keys:
|
|
|
3785
|
|
|
3786 \\{makefile-browser-map}
|
|
|
3787
|
|
|
3788 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
|
|
|
3789
|
|
|
3790 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
|
|
|
3791 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
|
|
|
3792
|
|
|
3793 makefile-target-colon:
|
|
|
3794 The string that gets appended to all target names
|
|
|
3795 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
|
|
|
3796 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
|
|
|
3797
|
|
|
3798 makefile-macro-assign:
|
|
|
3799 The string that gets appended to all macro names
|
|
|
3800 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
|
|
|
3801 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
|
|
|
3802 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
|
|
|
3803 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
|
|
|
3804 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
|
|
|
3805
|
|
|
3806 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
|
|
|
3807 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
|
|
|
3808 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
|
|
|
3809
|
|
|
3810 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
|
|
|
3811 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
|
|
|
3812
|
|
|
3813 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
|
|
|
3814 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
|
|
|
3815 up or down in the browser.
|
|
|
3816
|
|
|
3817 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
|
|
|
3818 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
|
|
|
3819
|
|
|
3820 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
|
|
|
3821 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
|
|
|
3822
|
|
|
3823 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
|
|
|
3824 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
|
|
|
3825 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
|
|
|
3826 has been selected in the browser.
|
|
|
3827
|
|
|
3828 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
|
|
|
3829 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
|
|
|
3830 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
|
|
|
3831 (i.e. it calls `makefile-find-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
|
|
|
3832 filenames are omitted.
|
|
|
3833
|
|
|
3834 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
|
|
|
3835 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then makefile-mode
|
|
|
3836 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
|
|
|
3837 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
|
|
|
3838 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
|
|
|
3839 the backslash itself intact.
|
|
|
3840 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes makefile-mode
|
|
|
3841 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
|
|
|
3842
|
|
|
3843 makefile-browser-hook:
|
|
|
3844 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
|
|
|
3845 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
|
|
|
3846
|
|
|
3847 makefile-special-targets-list:
|
|
|
3848 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
|
|
|
3849 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
|
|
|
3850 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
|
|
|
3851
|
|
|
3852 ;;;***
|
|
|
3853
|
|
|
3854 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "modes/modula2.el")
|
|
|
3855
|
|
|
3856 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
|
|
|
3857 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
|
|
|
3858 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
|
|
|
3859 followed by the first character of the construct.
|
|
|
3860 \\<m2-mode-map>
|
|
|
3861 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
|
|
|
3862 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
|
|
|
3863 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
|
|
|
3864 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
|
|
|
3865 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
|
|
|
3866 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
|
|
|
3867 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
|
|
|
3868 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
|
|
|
3869 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
|
|
|
3870 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
|
|
|
3871 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
|
|
|
3872 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
|
|
|
3873 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
|
|
|
3874 \\[m2-link] link
|
|
|
3875
|
|
|
3876 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
|
|
|
3877 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
|
|
|
3878 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
|
|
|
3879
|
|
|
3880 ;;;***
|
|
|
3881
|
|
|
3882 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-nroff-mode nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "modes/nroff-mode.el")
|
|
|
3883
|
|
|
3884 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
|
|
|
3885 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
|
|
|
3886 \\{nroff-mode-map}
|
|
|
3887 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
3888 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
|
|
|
3889 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
|
|
|
3890
|
|
|
3891 (autoload 'electric-nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
|
|
|
3892 Toggle `nroff-electric-newline' minor mode.
|
|
|
3893 `nroff-electric-newline' forces Emacs to check for an nroff request at the
|
|
|
3894 beginning of the line, and insert the matching closing request if necessary.
|
|
|
3895 This command toggles that mode (off->on, on->off), with an argument,
|
|
|
3896 turns it on iff arg is positive, otherwise off." t nil)
|
|
|
3897
|
|
|
3898 (defvar nroff-electric-mode nil "\
|
|
|
3899 Non-nil if in electric-nroff minor mode.")
|
|
|
3900
|
|
|
3901 (add-minor-mode 'nroff-electric-mode " Electric" nil nil 'electric-nroff-mode)
|
|
|
3902
|
|
|
3903 ;;;***
|
|
|
3904
|
|
|
3905 ;;;### (autoloads (outl-mouse-minor-mode outl-mouse-mode) "outl-mouse" "modes/outl-mouse.el")
|
|
|
3906
|
|
|
3907 (autoload 'outl-mouse-mode "outl-mouse" "\
|
|
|
3908 Calls outline-mode, with outl-mouse extensions" t nil)
|
|
|
3909
|
|
|
3910 (autoload 'outl-mouse-minor-mode "outl-mouse" "\
|
|
|
3911 Toggles outline-minor-mode, with outl-mouse extensions" t nil)
|
|
|
3912
|
|
|
3913 ;;;***
|
|
|
3914
|
|
|
3915 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "modes/outline.el")
|
|
|
3916
|
|
|
3917 (defvar outline-minor-mode nil "\
|
|
|
3918 Non-nil if using Outline mode as a minor mode of some other mode.")
|
|
|
3919
|
|
|
3920 (make-variable-buffer-local 'outline-minor-mode)
|
|
|
3921
|
|
|
3922 (put 'outline-minor-mode 'permanent-local t)
|
|
|
3923
|
|
|
3924 (add-minor-mode 'outline-minor-mode " Outl")
|
|
|
3925
|
|
|
3926 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
|
|
|
3927 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
|
|
|
3928 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
|
|
|
3929 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
|
|
|
3930
|
|
|
3931 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
|
|
|
3932 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
|
|
|
3933 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
|
|
|
3934 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
|
|
|
3935
|
|
|
3936 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
|
|
|
3937 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
|
|
|
3938 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
|
|
|
3939 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
|
|
|
3940 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
|
|
|
3941 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
|
|
|
3942
|
|
|
3943 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
|
|
|
3944 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
|
|
|
3945
|
|
|
3946 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
|
|
|
3947 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
|
|
|
3948 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
|
|
|
3949 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
|
|
|
3950 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
|
|
|
3951 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
|
|
|
3952 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
|
|
|
3953 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
|
|
|
3954 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
|
|
|
3955 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
|
|
|
3956 The subheadings remain visible.
|
|
|
3957 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
|
|
|
3958
|
|
|
3959 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
|
|
|
3960 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
|
|
|
3961 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
|
|
|
3962
|
|
|
3963 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
|
|
|
3964 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3965
|
|
|
3966 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
|
|
|
3967 Toggle Outline minor mode.
|
|
|
3968 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
3969 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
|
|
|
3970
|
|
|
3971 ;;;***
|
|
|
3972
|
|
|
3973 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "modes/pascal.el")
|
|
|
3974
|
|
|
3975 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
|
|
|
3976 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
|
|
|
3977 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
3978
|
|
|
3979 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
|
|
|
3980 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
|
|
|
3981
|
|
|
3982 Other useful functions are:
|
|
|
3983
|
|
|
3984 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
|
|
|
3985 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
|
|
|
3986 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
|
|
|
3987 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
|
|
|
3988 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
|
|
|
3989 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
|
|
|
3990 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
|
|
|
3991 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
|
|
|
3992 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
|
|
|
3993
|
|
|
3994 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
|
|
|
3995
|
|
|
3996 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
|
|
|
3997 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
|
|
|
3998 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
|
|
|
3999 Indentation for case statements.
|
|
|
4000 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
|
|
|
4001 Non-nil means automatically newline after simcolons and the punctation mark
|
|
|
4002 after an end.
|
|
|
4003 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
|
|
|
4004 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
|
|
|
4005 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
4006 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
|
|
|
4007 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
|
|
|
4008 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
|
|
|
4009 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
|
|
|
4010 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s hould be done.
|
|
|
4011
|
|
|
4012 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
|
|
|
4013 pascal-separator-keywords.
|
|
|
4014
|
|
|
4015 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
|
|
|
4016 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4017
|
|
|
4018 ;;;***
|
|
|
4019
|
|
|
4020 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "modes/perl-mode.el")
|
|
|
4021
|
|
|
4022 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
|
|
|
4023 Major mode for editing Perl code.
|
|
|
4024 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
|
|
|
4025 Tab indents for Perl code.
|
|
|
4026 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
|
|
|
4027 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4028 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4029 \\{perl-mode-map}
|
|
|
4030 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4031 perl-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4032 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
|
|
|
4033 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
4034 perl-tab-to-comment
|
|
|
4035 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
|
|
|
4036 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
|
|
|
4037 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
|
|
|
4038 perl-nochange
|
|
|
4039 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
|
|
|
4040 perl-indent-level
|
|
|
4041 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
4042 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
|
|
|
4043 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
|
|
|
4044 perl-continued-statement-offset
|
|
|
4045 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
|
|
|
4046 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
|
|
|
4047 perl-continued-brace-offset
|
|
|
4048 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
|
|
|
4049 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
|
|
|
4050 perl-brace-offset
|
|
|
4051 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
|
|
|
4052 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
|
|
|
4053 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
|
|
|
4054 this far to the right of the start of its line.
|
|
|
4055 perl-label-offset
|
|
|
4056 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
|
|
|
4057
|
|
|
4058 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
|
|
|
4059 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
|
|
|
4060 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
|
|
|
4061 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
|
|
|
4062 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
|
|
|
4063 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
|
|
|
4064 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
|
|
|
4065
|
|
|
4066 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
|
|
|
4067
|
|
|
4068 ;;;***
|
|
|
4069
|
|
|
4070 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "modes/picture.el")
|
|
|
4071
|
|
|
4072 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
|
|
|
4073 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
|
|
|
4074 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
|
|
|
4075 afterwards settable by these commands:
|
|
|
4076 C-c < Move left after insertion.
|
|
|
4077 C-c > Move right after insertion.
|
|
|
4078 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
|
|
|
4079 C-c . Move down after insertion.
|
|
|
4080 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
|
|
|
4081 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
|
|
|
4082 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
|
|
|
4083 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
|
|
|
4084 The current direction is displayed in the modeline. The initial
|
|
|
4085 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
|
|
|
4086 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
|
|
|
4087 with these commands:
|
|
|
4088 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
|
|
|
4089 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
|
|
|
4090 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
|
|
|
4091 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
|
|
|
4092 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
|
|
|
4093 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
|
|
|
4094 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
|
|
|
4095 Return Move to beginning of next line.
|
|
|
4096 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
|
|
|
4097 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
|
|
|
4098 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
|
|
|
4099 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
|
|
|
4100 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
|
|
|
4101 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
|
|
|
4102 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
|
|
|
4103 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
|
|
|
4104 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
|
|
|
4105 You can manipulate text with these commands:
|
|
|
4106 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
|
|
|
4107 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
|
|
|
4108 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
|
|
|
4109 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
|
|
|
4110 text is saved in the kill ring.
|
|
|
4111 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
|
|
|
4112 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
|
|
|
4113 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
|
|
|
4114 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
|
|
|
4115 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
|
|
|
4116 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
|
|
|
4117 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
|
|
|
4118 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
|
|
|
4119 commands if invoked soon enough.
|
|
|
4120 You can return to the previous mode with:
|
|
|
4121 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
|
|
|
4122 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
|
|
|
4123
|
|
|
4124 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
|
|
|
4125
|
|
|
4126 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
|
|
|
4127 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
|
|
|
4128
|
|
|
4129 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
|
|
|
4130
|
|
|
4131 ;;;***
|
|
|
4132
|
|
|
4133 ;;;### (autoloads (postscript-mode) "postscript" "modes/postscript.el")
|
|
|
4134
|
|
|
4135 (autoload 'postscript-mode "postscript" "\
|
|
|
4136 Major mode for editing PostScript files.
|
|
|
4137
|
|
|
4138 \\[ps-execute-buffer] will send the contents of the buffer to the NeWS
|
|
|
4139 server using psh(1). \\[ps-execute-region] sends the current region.
|
|
|
4140 \\[ps-shell] starts an interactive psh(1) window which will be used for
|
|
|
4141 subsequent \\[ps-execute-buffer] or \\[ps-execute-region] commands.
|
|
|
4142
|
|
|
4143 In this mode, TAB and \\[indent-region] attempt to indent code
|
|
|
4144 based on the position of {}, [], and begin/end pairs. The variable
|
|
|
4145 ps-indent-level controls the amount of indentation used inside
|
|
|
4146 arrays and begin/end pairs.
|
|
|
4147
|
|
|
4148 \\{ps-mode-map}
|
|
|
4149
|
|
|
4150 \\[postscript-mode] calls the value of the variable postscript-mode-hook
|
|
|
4151 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4152
|
|
|
4153 ;;;***
|
|
|
4154
|
|
|
4155 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog inferior-prolog-mode prolog-mode) "prolog" "modes/prolog.el")
|
|
|
4156
|
|
|
4157 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4158 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
|
|
|
4159 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
|
|
|
4160 Commands:
|
|
|
4161 \\{prolog-mode-map}
|
|
|
4162 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
|
|
|
4163 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4164
|
|
|
4165 (autoload 'inferior-prolog-mode "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4166 Major mode for interacting with an inferior Prolog process.
|
|
|
4167
|
|
|
4168 The following commands are available:
|
|
|
4169 \\{inferior-prolog-mode-map}
|
|
|
4170
|
|
|
4171 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook' with no arguments,
|
|
|
4172 if that value is non-nil. Likewise with the value of `comint-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
4173 `prolog-mode-hook' is called after `comint-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
4174
|
|
|
4175 You can send text to the inferior Prolog from other buffers
|
|
|
4176 using the commands `send-region', `send-string' and \\[prolog-consult-region].
|
|
|
4177
|
|
|
4178 Commands:
|
|
|
4179 Tab indents for Prolog; with argument, shifts rest
|
|
|
4180 of expression rigidly with the current line.
|
|
|
4181 Paragraphs are separated only by blank lines and '%%'.
|
|
|
4182 '%'s start comments.
|
|
|
4183
|
|
|
4184 Return at end of buffer sends line as input.
|
|
|
4185 Return not at end copies rest of line to end and sends it.
|
|
|
4186 \\[comint-kill-input] and \\[backward-kill-word] are kill commands, imitating normal Unix input editing.
|
|
|
4187 \\[comint-interrupt-subjob] interrupts the shell or its current subjob if any.
|
|
|
4188 \\[comint-stop-subjob] stops. \\[comint-quit-subjob] sends quit signal." t nil)
|
|
|
4189
|
|
|
4190 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4191 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
|
|
|
4192
|
|
|
4193 ;;;***
|
|
|
4194
|
|
|
4195 ;;;### (autoloads (py-shell python-mode) "python-mode" "modes/python-mode.el")
|
|
|
4196
|
|
|
4197 (eval-when-compile (condition-case nil (progn (require 'cl) (require 'imenu)) (error nil)))
|
|
|
4198
|
|
|
4199 (autoload 'python-mode "python-mode" "\
|
|
|
4200 Major mode for editing Python files.
|
|
|
4201 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[py-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
4202 `python-mode' buffer. Do `\\[py-describe-mode]' for detailed
|
|
|
4203 documentation. To see what version of `python-mode' you are running,
|
|
|
4204 enter `\\[py-version]'.
|
|
|
4205
|
|
|
4206 This mode knows about Python indentation, tokens, comments and
|
|
|
4207 continuation lines. Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4208
|
|
|
4209 COMMANDS
|
|
|
4210 \\{py-mode-map}
|
|
|
4211 VARIABLES
|
|
|
4212
|
|
|
4213 py-indent-offset indentation increment
|
|
|
4214 py-block-comment-prefix comment string used by comment-region
|
|
|
4215 py-python-command shell command to invoke Python interpreter
|
|
|
4216 py-scroll-process-buffer always scroll Python process buffer
|
|
|
4217 py-temp-directory directory used for temp files (if needed)
|
|
|
4218 py-beep-if-tab-change ring the bell if tab-width is changed" t nil)
|
|
|
4219
|
|
|
4220 (autoload 'py-shell "python-mode" "\
|
|
|
4221 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
|
|
|
4222 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
|
|
|
4223 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
|
|
|
4224 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
|
|
|
4225 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
|
|
|
4226
|
|
|
4227 See the docs for variable `py-scroll-buffer' for info on scrolling
|
|
|
4228 behavior in the process window.
|
|
|
4229
|
|
|
4230 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
|
|
|
4231 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
|
|
|
4232 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
|
|
|
4233 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
|
|
|
4234 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
|
|
|
4235 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
|
|
|
4236 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
|
|
|
4237 mode.
|
|
|
4238
|
|
|
4239 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
|
|
|
4240 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
|
|
|
4241 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
|
|
|
4242 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
|
|
|
4243 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
|
|
|
4244 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
|
|
|
4245 filter." t nil)
|
|
|
4246
|
|
|
4247 ;;;***
|
|
|
4248
|
|
|
4249 ;;;### (autoloads (rexx-mode) "rexx-mode" "modes/rexx-mode.el")
|
|
|
4250
|
|
|
4251 (autoload 'rexx-mode "rexx-mode" "\
|
|
|
4252 Major mode for editing REXX code.
|
|
|
4253 \\{rexx-mode-map}
|
|
|
4254
|
|
|
4255 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4256 rexx-indent
|
|
|
4257 The basic indentation for do-blocks.
|
|
|
4258 rexx-end-indent
|
|
|
4259 The relative offset of the \"end\" statement. 0 places it in the
|
|
|
4260 same column as the statements of the block. Setting it to the same
|
|
|
4261 value as rexx-indent places the \"end\" under the do-line.
|
|
|
4262 rexx-cont-indent
|
|
|
4263 The indention for lines following \"then\", \"else\" and \",\"
|
|
|
4264 (continued) lines.
|
|
|
4265 rexx-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4266 Non-nil means TAB in REXX mode should always reindent the current
|
|
|
4267 line, regardless of where in the line the point is when the TAB
|
|
|
4268 command is used.
|
|
|
4269
|
|
|
4270 If you have set rexx-end-indent to a nonzero value, you probably want to
|
|
|
4271 remap RETURN to rexx-indent-newline-indent. It makes sure that lines
|
|
|
4272 indents correctly when you press RETURN.
|
|
|
4273
|
|
|
4274 An extensive abbrevation table consisting of all the keywords of REXX are
|
|
|
4275 supplied. Expanded keywords are converted into upper case making it
|
|
|
4276 easier to distinguish them. To use this feature the buffer must be in
|
|
|
4277 abbrev-mode. (See example below.)
|
|
|
4278
|
|
|
4279 Turning on REXX mode calls the value of the variable rexx-mode-hook with
|
|
|
4280 no args, if that value is non-nil.
|
|
|
4281
|
|
|
4282 For example:
|
|
|
4283 \(setq rexx-mode-hook '(lambda ()
|
|
|
4284 (setq rexx-indent 4)
|
|
|
4285 (setq rexx-end-indent 4)
|
|
|
4286 (setq rexx-cont-indent 4)
|
|
|
4287 (local-set-key \"\\C-m\" 'rexx-indent-newline-indent)
|
|
|
4288 (abbrev-mode 1)
|
|
|
4289 ))
|
|
|
4290
|
|
|
4291 will make the END aligned with the DO/SELECT. It will indent blocks and
|
|
|
4292 IF-statenents four steps and make sure that the END jumps into the
|
|
|
4293 correct position when RETURN is pressed. Finaly it will use the abbrev
|
|
|
4294 table to convert all REXX keywords into upper case." t nil)
|
|
|
4295
|
|
|
4296 ;;;***
|
|
|
4297
|
|
|
4298 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-minibuf" "modes/rsz-minibuf.el")
|
|
|
4299
|
|
|
4300 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
|
|
|
4301 *If non-`nil', resize the minibuffer so its entire contents are visible.")
|
|
|
4302
|
|
|
4303 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
|
|
|
4304 *Maximum size the minibuffer window is allowed to become.
|
|
|
4305 If less than 1 or not a number, the limit is the height of the frame in
|
|
|
4306 which the active minibuffer window resides.")
|
|
|
4307
|
|
|
4308 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
|
|
|
4309 *If non-`nil', make minibuffer exactly the size needed to display all its contents.
|
|
|
4310 Otherwise, the minibuffer window can temporarily increase in size but
|
|
|
4311 never get smaller while it is active.")
|
|
|
4312
|
|
|
4313 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
|
|
|
4314 *If non-`nil' and the active minibuffer is the sole window in its frame, allow changing the frame height.")
|
|
|
4315
|
|
|
4316 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
|
|
|
4317 *Maximum size the minibuffer frame is allowed to become.
|
|
|
4318 If less than 1 or not a number, there is no limit.")
|
|
|
4319
|
|
|
4320 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly nil "\
|
|
|
4321 *If non-`nil', make minibuffer frame exactly the size needed to display all its contents.
|
|
|
4322 Otherwise, the minibuffer frame can temporarily increase in size but
|
|
|
4323 never get smaller while it is active.")
|
|
|
4324
|
|
|
4325 (autoload 'resize-minibuffer-mode "rsz-minibuf" "\
|
|
|
4326 Enable or disable resize-minibuffer mode.
|
|
|
4327 A negative prefix argument disables this mode. A positive argument or
|
|
|
4328 argument of 0 enables it.
|
|
|
4329
|
|
|
4330 When this minor mode is enabled, the minibuffer is dynamically resized to
|
|
|
4331 contain the entire region of text put in it as you type.
|
|
|
4332
|
|
|
4333 The variable `resize-minibuffer-mode' is set to t or nil depending on
|
|
|
4334 whether this mode is active or not.
|
|
|
4335
|
|
|
4336 The maximum height to which the minibuffer can grow is controlled by the
|
|
|
4337 variable `resize-minibuffer-window-max-height'.
|
|
|
4338
|
|
|
4339 The variable `resize-minibuffer-window-exactly' determines whether the
|
|
|
4340 minibuffer window should ever be shrunk to make it no larger than needed to
|
|
|
4341 display its contents.
|
|
|
4342
|
|
|
4343 When using a window system, it is possible for a minibuffer to tbe the sole
|
|
|
4344 window in a frame. Since that window is already its maximum size, the only
|
|
|
4345 way to make more text visible at once is to increase the size of the frame.
|
|
|
4346 The variable `resize-minibuffer-frame' controls whether this should be
|
|
|
4347 done. The variables `resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height' and
|
|
|
4348 `resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly' are analogous to their window
|
|
|
4349 counterparts." t nil)
|
|
|
4350
|
|
|
4351 ;;;***
|
|
|
4352
|
|
|
4353 ;;;### (autoloads (scheme-mode) "scheme" "modes/scheme.el")
|
|
|
4354
|
|
|
4355 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
|
|
|
4356 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
|
|
|
4357 Editing commands are similar to those of lisp-mode.
|
|
|
4358
|
|
|
4359 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
|
|
|
4360 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
|
|
|
4361 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
|
|
|
4362 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
|
|
|
4363 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
|
|
|
4364 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
|
|
|
4365
|
|
|
4366 Commands:
|
|
|
4367 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4368 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
|
|
|
4369 \\{scheme-mode-map}
|
|
|
4370 Entry to this mode calls the value of scheme-mode-hook
|
|
|
4371 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4372
|
|
|
4373 ;;;***
|
|
|
4374
|
|
|
4375 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "modes/scribe.el")
|
|
|
4376
|
|
|
4377 (autoload 'scribe-mode "scribe" "\
|
|
|
4378 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
|
|
|
4379 Scribe-mode is similar text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
|
|
|
4380 \\{scribe-mode-map}
|
|
|
4381
|
|
|
4382 Interesting variables:
|
|
|
4383
|
|
|
4384 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
|
|
|
4385 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
|
|
|
4386
|
|
|
4387 scribe-electric-quote
|
|
|
4388 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
|
|
|
4389
|
|
|
4390 scribe-electric-parenthesis
|
|
|
4391 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
|
|
|
4392 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
|
|
|
4393
|
|
|
4394 ;;;***
|
|
|
4395
|
|
|
4396 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode) "sendmail" "modes/sendmail.el")
|
|
|
4397
|
|
|
4398 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
|
|
|
4399 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
|
|
|
4400
|
|
|
4401 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
|
|
|
4402 king@grassland.com
|
|
|
4403 If `parens', they look like:
|
|
|
4404 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
|
|
|
4405 If `angles', they look like:
|
|
|
4406 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
|
|
|
4407
|
|
|
4408 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
|
|
|
4409 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
|
|
|
4410 This is done when the message is initialized,
|
|
|
4411 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
|
|
|
4412
|
|
|
4413 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
|
|
|
4414 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
|
|
|
4415 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
|
|
|
4416
|
|
|
4417 (defvar mail-dir nil "\
|
|
|
4418 *Default directory for saving messages.")
|
|
|
4419
|
|
|
4420 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^\\(" (mapconcat 'identity '("Sender:" "References:" "Return-Path:" "Received:" "[^: \n]*Message-ID:" "Errors-To:" "Path:" "Expires:" "Xref:" "Lines:" "Approved:" "Distribution:" "Content-Length:" "Mime-Version:" "Content-Type:" "Content-Transfer-Encoding:" "X400-Received:" "X400-Originator:" "X400-Mts-Identifier:" "X400-Content-Type:" "Content-Identifier:" "Status:" "Summary-Line:" "X-Attribution:" "Via:" "Sent-Via:" "Mail-From:" "Origin:" "Comments:" "Originator:" "NF-ID:" "NF-From:" "Posting-Version:" "Posted:" "Posted-Date:" "Date-Received:" "Relay-Version:" "Article-I\\.D\\.:" "NNTP-Version:" "NNTP-Posting-Host:" "X-Mailer:" "X-Newsreader:" "News-Software:" "X-Received:" "X-References:" "X-Envelope-To:" "X-VMS-" "Remailed-" "X-Plantation:" "X-Windows:" "X-Pgp-") "\\|") "\\)")) "\
|
|
|
4421 *Gubbish header fields one would rather not see.")
|
|
|
4422
|
|
|
4423 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat rmail-ignored-headers "\\|" "^\\(" (mapconcat 'identity '("Resent-To:" "Resent-By:" "Resent-CC:" "To:" "Subject:" "In-Reply-To:") "\\|") "\\)")) "\
|
|
|
4424 Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
|
|
|
4425
|
|
|
4426 (defvar send-mail-function 'sendmail-send-it "\
|
|
|
4427 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
|
|
|
4428 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents
|
|
|
4429 match the variable `mail-header-separator'.")
|
|
|
4430
|
|
|
4431 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
|
|
|
4432 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
|
|
|
4433
|
|
|
4434 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
|
|
|
4435 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
|
|
|
4436 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
|
|
|
4437
|
|
|
4438 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
|
|
|
4439 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
|
|
|
4440 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
|
|
|
4441 when you first send mail.")
|
|
|
4442
|
|
|
4443 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
|
|
|
4444 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
|
|
|
4445 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
|
|
|
4446 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
|
|
|
4447 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
|
|
|
4448
|
|
|
4449 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
|
|
|
4450 *Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
|
|
|
4451 nil means use indentation.")
|
|
|
4452
|
|
|
4453 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
|
|
|
4454 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
|
|
|
4455 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.")
|
|
|
4456
|
|
|
4457 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4458 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
|
|
|
4459 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
|
|
|
4460 C-c C-s mail-send (send the message) C-c C-c mail-send-and-exit
|
|
|
4461 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
|
|
|
4462 C-c C-f C-t move to To: C-c C-f C-s move to Subj:
|
|
|
4463 C-c C-f C-b move to BCC: C-c C-f C-c move to CC:
|
|
|
4464 C-c C-f C-f move to FCC: C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To:
|
|
|
4465 C-c C-t mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
|
|
|
4466 C-c C-w mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
|
|
|
4467 C-c C-y mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
|
|
|
4468 C-c C-q mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
|
|
|
4469 C-c C-v mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
|
|
|
4470
|
|
|
4471 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4472 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
|
|
|
4473 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
|
|
|
4474 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
|
|
|
4475
|
|
|
4476 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
|
|
|
4477 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
|
|
|
4478
|
|
|
4479 \\<mail-mode-map>
|
|
|
4480 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
|
|
|
4481
|
|
|
4482 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
|
|
|
4483 to move to message header fields:
|
|
|
4484 \\{mail-mode-map}
|
|
|
4485
|
|
|
4486 The variable `mail-signature' controls whether the signature file
|
|
|
4487 `mail-signature-file' is inserted immediately.
|
|
|
4488
|
|
|
4489 If `mail-signature' is nil, use \\[mail-signature] to insert the
|
|
|
4490 signature in `mail-signature-file'.
|
|
|
4491
|
|
|
4492 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
|
|
|
4493 when the message is initialized.
|
|
|
4494
|
|
|
4495 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
|
|
|
4496 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
|
|
|
4497
|
|
|
4498 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
|
|
|
4499 is inserted.
|
|
|
4500
|
|
|
4501 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
|
|
|
4502 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
|
|
|
4503
|
|
|
4504 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
|
|
|
4505 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
|
|
|
4506
|
|
|
4507 The second through fifth arguments,
|
|
|
4508 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
|
|
|
4509 the initial contents of those header fields.
|
|
|
4510 These arguments should not have final newlines.
|
|
|
4511 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer whose contents
|
|
|
4512 should be yanked if the user types C-c C-y.
|
|
|
4513 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
|
|
|
4514 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
|
|
|
4515 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
|
|
|
4516 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
|
|
|
4517
|
|
|
4518 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4519 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
4520
|
|
|
4521 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4522 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
|
|
|
4523
|
|
|
4524 (define-key ctl-x-map "m" 'mail)
|
|
|
4525
|
|
|
4526 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "m" 'mail-other-window)
|
|
|
4527
|
|
|
4528 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "m" 'mail-other-frame)
|
|
|
4529
|
|
|
4530 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
|
|
|
4531
|
|
|
4532 ;;;***
|
|
|
4533
|
|
|
4534 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "modes/sh-script.el")
|
|
|
4535
|
|
|
4536 (put 'sh-mode 'mode-class 'special)
|
|
|
4537
|
|
|
4538 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
|
|
|
4539 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
|
|
|
4540 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
|
|
|
4541 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
|
|
|
4542 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
|
|
|
4543 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
|
|
|
4544
|
|
|
4545 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
|
|
|
4546 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
|
|
|
4547 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
|
|
|
4548 shell-specific features.
|
|
|
4549
|
|
|
4550 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
|
|
|
4551 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
|
|
|
4552 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
|
|
|
4553
|
|
|
4554 \\[sh-case] case statement
|
|
|
4555 \\[sh-for] for loop
|
|
|
4556 \\[sh-function] function definition
|
|
|
4557 \\[sh-if] if statement
|
|
|
4558 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
|
|
|
4559 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
|
|
|
4560 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
|
|
|
4561 \\[sh-select] select loop
|
|
|
4562 \\[sh-until] until loop
|
|
|
4563 \\[sh-while] while loop
|
|
|
4564
|
|
|
4565 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
|
|
|
4566 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
|
|
|
4567 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
|
|
|
4568 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
|
|
|
4569 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
|
|
|
4570 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
|
|
|
4571
|
|
|
4572 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
|
|
|
4573 {, (, [, ', \", `
|
|
|
4574 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
|
|
|
4575
|
|
|
4576 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
|
|
|
4577 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
|
|
|
4578 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
|
|
|
4579
|
|
|
4580 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
|
|
|
4581 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
|
|
|
4582
|
|
|
4583 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
|
|
|
4584
|
|
|
4585 ;;;***
|
|
|
4586
|
|
|
4587 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl" "modes/tcl.el")
|
|
|
4588
|
|
|
4589 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
|
|
|
4590 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
|
|
|
4591 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
|
|
|
4592 Tab indents for Tcl code.
|
|
|
4593 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4594 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4595
|
|
|
4596 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4597 tcl-indent-level
|
|
|
4598 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
4599 tcl-continued-indent-level
|
|
|
4600 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
|
|
|
4601
|
|
|
4602 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
|
|
|
4603 documentation for details):
|
|
|
4604 tcl-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4605 Controls action of TAB key.
|
|
|
4606 tcl-auto-newline
|
|
|
4607 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
|
|
|
4608 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
|
|
|
4609 tcl-electric-hash-style
|
|
|
4610 Controls action of `#' key.
|
|
|
4611 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
|
|
|
4612 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
|
|
|
4613 This variable is only used in GNU Emacs 19.
|
|
|
4614 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
|
|
|
4615 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
|
|
|
4616 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
|
|
|
4617
|
|
|
4618 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
|
|
|
4619 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
|
|
|
4620 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
|
|
|
4621 already exist.
|
|
|
4622
|
|
|
4623 Commands:
|
|
|
4624 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
4625
|
|
|
4626 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
|
|
|
4627 Run inferior Tcl process.
|
|
|
4628 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
|
|
|
4629 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
4630
|
|
|
4631 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
|
|
|
4632 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
|
|
|
4633 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
|
|
|
4634
|
|
|
4635 ;;;***
|
|
|
4636
|
|
|
4637 ;;;### (autoloads (latex-mode plain-tex-mode tex-mode) "tex-mode" "modes/tex-mode.el")
|
|
|
4638
|
|
|
4639 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
4640 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
|
|
|
4641 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
|
|
|
4642 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls plain-tex-mode,
|
|
|
4643 latex-mode, or slitex-mode, respectively. If it cannot be determined,
|
|
|
4644 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of tex-default-mode
|
|
|
4645 is used." t nil)
|
|
|
4646
|
|
|
4647 (fset 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
|
|
|
4648
|
|
|
4649 (fset 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
|
|
|
4650
|
|
|
4651 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
4652 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
|
|
|
4653 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
|
|
|
4654 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
|
|
|
4655 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
|
|
|
4656
|
|
|
4657 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
|
|
|
4658 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
|
|
|
4659 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
|
|
|
4660 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
|
|
|
4661 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4662 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4663 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
|
|
|
4664
|
|
|
4665 Use \\[validate-tex-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
|
|
|
4666 mismatched $'s or braces.
|
|
|
4667
|
|
|
4668 Special commands:
|
|
|
4669 \\{tex-mode-map}
|
|
|
4670
|
|
|
4671 Mode variables:
|
|
|
4672 tex-run-command
|
|
|
4673 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4674 tex-directory
|
|
|
4675 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
|
|
|
4676 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4677 tex-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4678 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4679 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4680 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
|
|
|
4681 argument) to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4682 tex-dvi-view-command
|
|
|
4683 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4684 tex-show-queue-command
|
|
|
4685 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
|
|
|
4686 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
|
|
|
4687
|
|
|
4688 Entering Plain-tex mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, then the value of
|
|
|
4689 tex-mode-hook, and then the value of plain-tex-mode-hook. When the special
|
|
|
4690 subshell is initiated, the value of tex-shell-hook is called." t nil)
|
|
|
4691
|
|
|
4692 (fset 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
|
|
|
4693
|
|
|
4694 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
4695 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
|
|
|
4696 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
|
|
|
4697 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
|
|
|
4698 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
|
|
|
4699
|
|
|
4700 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
|
|
|
4701 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
|
|
|
4702 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
|
|
|
4703 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
|
|
|
4704 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4705 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4706 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
|
|
|
4707
|
|
|
4708 Use \\[validate-tex-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
|
|
|
4709 mismatched $'s or braces.
|
|
|
4710
|
|
|
4711 Special commands:
|
|
|
4712 \\{tex-mode-map}
|
|
|
4713
|
|
|
4714 Mode variables:
|
|
|
4715 latex-run-command
|
|
|
4716 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4717 tex-directory
|
|
|
4718 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
|
|
|
4719 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4720 tex-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4721 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4722 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4723 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
|
|
|
4724 argument) to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4725 tex-dvi-view-command
|
|
|
4726 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4727 tex-show-queue-command
|
|
|
4728 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
|
|
|
4729 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
|
|
|
4730
|
|
|
4731 Entering Latex mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, then the value of
|
|
|
4732 tex-mode-hook, and then the value of latex-mode-hook. When the special
|
|
|
4733 subshell is initiated, the value of tex-shell-hook is called." t nil)
|
|
|
4734
|
|
|
4735 ;;;***
|
|
|
4736
|
|
|
4737 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "modes/texinfo.el")
|
|
|
4738
|
|
|
4739 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
|
|
|
4740 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
|
|
|
4741
|
|
|
4742 It has these extra commands:
|
|
|
4743 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
|
|
|
4744
|
|
|
4745 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
|
|
|
4746 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
|
|
|
4747 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
|
|
|
4748 modified version of TeX input format.
|
|
|
4749
|
|
|
4750 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
|
|
|
4751 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
|
|
|
4752 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
|
|
|
4753 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
|
|
|
4754
|
|
|
4755 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
|
|
|
4756 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
|
|
|
4757 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
|
|
|
4758 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
|
|
|
4759 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
|
|
|
4760 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
|
|
|
4761 in the Texinfo file.
|
|
|
4762
|
|
|
4763 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
|
|
|
4764 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
|
|
|
4765 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
|
|
|
4766 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
|
|
|
4767 move forward past the closing brace.
|
|
|
4768
|
|
|
4769 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
|
|
|
4770 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
|
|
|
4771
|
|
|
4772 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
|
|
|
4773 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
|
|
|
4774 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
|
|
|
4775
|
|
|
4776 Here are the functions:
|
|
|
4777
|
|
|
4778 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
|
|
|
4779 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
|
|
|
4780 texinfo-sequential-node-update
|
|
|
4781
|
|
|
4782 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
|
|
|
4783 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
|
|
|
4784 texinfo-master-menu
|
|
|
4785
|
|
|
4786 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
|
|
|
4787
|
|
|
4788 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
|
|
|
4789 which menu descriptions are indented.
|
|
|
4790
|
|
|
4791 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
|
|
|
4792 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
|
|
|
4793 in the region.
|
|
|
4794
|
|
|
4795 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
|
|
|
4796 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
|
|
|
4797 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
|
|
|
4798 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
|
|
|
4799
|
|
|
4800 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
|
|
|
4801 be the first node in the file.
|
|
|
4802
|
|
|
4803 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the
|
|
|
4804 value of texinfo-mode-hook." t nil)
|
|
|
4805
|
|
|
4806 ;;;***
|
|
|
4807
|
|
|
4808 ;;;### (autoloads (tc-recenter tc-scroll-down tc-scroll-up tc-scroll-line tc-associated-buffer tc-merge tc-dissociate tc-split tc-associate-buffer tc-two-columns) "two-column" "modes/two-column.el")
|
|
|
4809
|
|
|
4810 (defvar tc-mode-map nil "\
|
|
|
4811 Keymap for commands for two-column mode.")
|
|
|
4812
|
|
|
4813 (if tc-mode-map nil (setq tc-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap)) (define-key tc-mode-map "1" 'tc-merge) (define-key tc-mode-map "2" 'tc-two-columns) (define-key tc-mode-map "b" 'tc-associate-buffer) (define-key tc-mode-map "d" 'tc-dissociate) (define-key tc-mode-map "\^L" 'tc-recenter) (define-key tc-mode-map "o" 'tc-associated-buffer) (define-key tc-mode-map "s" 'tc-split) (define-key tc-mode-map "{" 'shrink-window-horizontally) (define-key tc-mode-map "}" 'enlarge-window-horizontally) (define-key tc-mode-map " " 'tc-scroll-up) (define-key tc-mode-map "" 'tc-scroll-down) (define-key tc-mode-map "
" 'tc-scroll-line))
|
|
|
4814
|
|
|
4815 (global-set-key "6" tc-mode-map)
|
|
|
4816
|
|
|
4817 (defvar tc-other nil "\
|
|
|
4818 Marker to the associated buffer, if non-nil.")
|
|
|
4819
|
|
|
4820 (make-variable-buffer-local 'tc-other)
|
|
|
4821
|
|
|
4822 (put 'tc-other 'permanent-local t)
|
|
|
4823
|
|
|
4824 (autoload 'tc-two-columns "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4825 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
|
|
|
4826
|
|
|
4827 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
|
|
|
4828 buffer. Both buffers are put in two-column minor mode and
|
|
|
4829 tc-mode-hook gets called on both. These buffers remember
|
|
|
4830 about one another, even when renamed.
|
|
|
4831
|
|
|
4832 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
|
|
|
4833 first and the associated buffer to it's right.
|
|
|
4834
|
|
|
4835 If you include long lines, i.e which will span both columns (eg.
|
|
|
4836 source code), they should be in what will be the first column, with
|
|
|
4837 the associated buffer having empty lines next to them.
|
|
|
4838
|
|
|
4839 You have the following commands at your disposal:
|
|
|
4840
|
|
|
4841 \\[tc-two-columns] Rearrange screen
|
|
|
4842 \\[tc-associate-buffer] Reassociate buffer after changing major mode
|
|
|
4843 \\[tc-scroll-up] Scroll both buffers up by a screenfull
|
|
|
4844 \\[tc-scroll-down] Scroll both buffers down by a screenful
|
|
|
4845 \\[tc-scroll-line] Scroll both buffers up by one or more lines
|
|
|
4846 \\[tc-recenter] Recenter and realign other buffer
|
|
|
4847 \\[shrink-window-horizontally], \\[enlarge-window-horizontally] Shrink, enlarge current column
|
|
|
4848 \\[tc-associated-buffer] Switch to associated buffer
|
|
|
4849 \\[tc-merge] Merge both buffers
|
|
|
4850
|
|
|
4851 These keybindings can be customized in your ~/.emacs by `tc-prefix'
|
|
|
4852 and `tc-mode-map'.
|
|
|
4853
|
|
|
4854 The appearance of the screen can be customized by the variables
|
|
|
4855 `tc-window-width', `tc-beyond-fill-column',
|
|
|
4856 `tc-mode-line-format' and `truncate-partial-width-windows'." t nil)
|
|
|
4857
|
|
|
4858 (add-minor-mode 'tc-other " 2C" nil nil 'tc-two-columns)
|
|
|
4859
|
|
|
4860 (autoload 'tc-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4861 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
|
|
|
4862 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
|
|
|
4863 accepting the proposed default buffer.
|
|
|
4864
|
|
|
4865 See \\[tc-two-columns] and `lisp/two-column.el' for further details." t nil)
|
|
|
4866
|
|
|
4867 (autoload 'tc-split "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4868 Unmerge a two-column text into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
|
|
|
4869 The text is unmerged at the cursor's column which becomes the local
|
|
|
4870 value of `tc-window-width'. Only lines that have the ARG same
|
|
|
4871 preceding characters at that column get split. The ARG preceding
|
|
|
4872 characters without any leading whitespace become the local value for
|
|
|
4873 `tc-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
|
|
|
4874 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
|
|
|
4875
|
|
|
4876 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things as
|
|
|
4877 you like them. You write the first line of each column with the
|
|
|
4878 separator you like and then unmerge that line. E.g.:
|
|
|
4879
|
|
|
4880 First column's text sSs Second columns text
|
|
|
4881 \\___/\\
|
|
|
4882 / \\
|
|
|
4883 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[tc-split] with the point here
|
|
|
4884
|
|
|
4885 See \\[tc-two-columns] and `lisp/two-column.el' for further details." t nil)
|
|
|
4886
|
|
|
4887 (autoload 'tc-dissociate "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4888 Turn off two-column minor mode in current and associated buffer.
|
|
|
4889 If the associated buffer is unmodified and empty, it is killed." t nil)
|
|
|
4890
|
|
|
4891 (autoload 'tc-merge "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4892 Merges the associated buffer with the current buffer.
|
|
|
4893 They get merged at the column, which is the value of
|
|
|
4894 `tc-window-width', i.e. usually at the vertical window
|
|
|
4895 separator. This separator gets replaced with white space. Beyond
|
|
|
4896 that the value of gets inserted on merged lines. The two columns are
|
|
|
4897 thus pasted side by side, in a single text. If the other buffer is
|
|
|
4898 not displayed to the left of this one, then this one becomes the left
|
|
|
4899 column.
|
|
|
4900
|
|
|
4901 If you want `tc-separator' on empty lines in the second column,
|
|
|
4902 you should put just one space in them. In the final result, you can strip
|
|
|
4903 off trailing spaces with \\[beginning-of-buffer] \\[replace-regexp] [ SPC TAB ] + $ RET RET" t nil)
|
|
|
4904
|
|
|
4905 (autoload 'tc-associated-buffer "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4906 Switch to associated buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
4907
|
|
|
4908 (autoload 'tc-scroll-line "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4909 Scroll current window upward by ARG lines.
|
|
|
4910 The associated window gets scrolled to the same line." t nil)
|
|
|
4911
|
|
|
4912 (autoload 'tc-scroll-up "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4913 Scroll current window upward by ARG screens.
|
|
|
4914 The associated window gets scrolled to the same line." t nil)
|
|
|
4915
|
|
|
4916 (autoload 'tc-scroll-down "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4917 Scroll current window downward by ARG screens.
|
|
|
4918 The associated window gets scrolled to the same line." t nil)
|
|
|
4919
|
|
|
4920 (autoload 'tc-recenter "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4921 Center point in window. With ARG, put point on line ARG.
|
|
|
4922 This counts from bottom if ARG is negative. The associated window
|
|
|
4923 gets scrolled to the same line." t nil)
|
|
|
4924
|
|
|
4925 ;;;***
|
|
|
4926
|
|
|
4927 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "modes/vhdl-mode.el")
|
|
|
4928
|
|
|
4929 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
|
|
|
4930 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
|
|
|
4931 vhdl-mode $Revision: 1.3 $
|
|
|
4932 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
4933 vhdl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
|
|
|
4934 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
|
|
|
4935 problem, including a reproducable test case and send the message.
|
|
|
4936
|
|
|
4937 Note that the details of configuring vhdl-mode will soon be moved to the
|
|
|
4938 accompanying texinfo manual. Until then, please read the README file
|
|
|
4939 that came with the vhdl-mode distribution.
|
|
|
4940
|
|
|
4941 The hook variable `vhdl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
|
|
|
4942 bound and has a non-nil value.
|
|
|
4943
|
|
|
4944 Key bindings:
|
|
|
4945 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
4946
|
|
|
4947 ;;;***
|
|
|
4948
|
|
|
4949 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-view-mode view-major-mode view-mode view-minor-mode view-buffer-other-window view-file-other-window view-buffer view-file) "view-less" "modes/view-less.el")
|
|
|
4950
|
|
|
4951 (autoload 'view-file "view-less" "\
|
|
|
4952 Find FILE, enter view mode. With prefix arg OTHER-P, use other window." t nil)
|
|
|
4953
|
|
|
4954 (autoload 'view-buffer "view-less" "\
|
|
|
4955 Switch to BUF, enter view mode. With prefix arg use other window." t nil)
|
|
|
4956
|
|
|
4957 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view-less" "\
|
|
|
4958 Find FILE in other window, and enter view mode." t nil)
|
|
|
4959
|
|
|
4960 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view-less" "\
|
|
|
4961 Switch to BUFFER in another window, and enter view mode." t nil)
|
|
|
4962
|
|
|
4963 (autoload 'view-minor-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
4964 Minor mode for viewing text, with bindings like `less'.
|
|
|
4965 Commands are:
|
|
|
4966 \\<view-minor-mode-map>
|
|
|
4967 0..9 prefix args
|
|
|
4968 - prefix minus
|
|
|
4969 \\[scroll-up] page forward
|
|
|
4970 \\[scroll-down] page back
|
|
|
4971 \\[view-scroll-lines-up] scroll prefix-arg lines forward, default 1.
|
|
|
4972 \\[view-scroll-lines-down] scroll prefix-arg lines backward, default 1.
|
|
|
4973 \\[view-scroll-some-lines-down] scroll prefix-arg lines backward, default 10.
|
|
|
4974 \\[view-scroll-some-lines-up] scroll prefix-arg lines forward, default 10.
|
|
|
4975 \\[what-line] print line number
|
|
|
4976 \\[view-mode-describe] print this help message
|
|
|
4977 \\[view-search-forward] regexp search, uses previous string if you just hit RET
|
|
|
4978 \\[view-search-backward] as above but searches backward
|
|
|
4979 \\[view-repeat-search] repeat last search
|
|
|
4980 \\[view-goto-line] goto line prefix-arg, default 1
|
|
|
4981 \\[view-last-windowful] goto line prefix-arg, default last line
|
|
|
4982 \\[view-goto-percent] goto a position by percentage
|
|
|
4983 \\[toggle-truncate-lines] toggle truncate-lines
|
|
|
4984 \\[view-file] view another file
|
|
|
4985 \\[view-buffer] view another buffer
|
|
|
4986 \\[view-cleanup-backspaces] cleanup backspace constructions
|
|
|
4987 \\[shell-command] execute a shell command
|
|
|
4988 \\[shell-command-on-region] execute a shell command with the region as input
|
|
|
4989 \\[view-quit] exit view-mode, and bury the current buffer.
|
|
|
4990
|
|
|
4991 If invoked with the optional (prefix) arg non-nil, view-mode cleans up
|
|
|
4992 backspace constructions.
|
|
|
4993
|
|
|
4994 More precisely:
|
|
|
4995 \\{view-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
4996
|
|
|
4997 (autoload 'view-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
4998 View the current buffer using view-minor-mode. This exists to be 99.9%
|
|
|
4999 compatible with the implementations of `view-mode' in view.el and older
|
|
|
5000 versions of view-less.el." t nil)
|
|
|
5001
|
|
|
5002 (autoload 'view-major-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5003 View the current buffer using view-mode, as a major mode.
|
|
|
5004 This function has a nonstandard name because `view-mode' is wrongly
|
|
|
5005 named but is like this for compatibility reasons." t nil)
|
|
|
5006
|
|
|
5007 (autoload 'auto-view-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5008 If the file of the current buffer is not writable, call view-mode.
|
|
|
5009 This is meant to be added to `find-file-hooks'." nil nil)
|
|
|
5010
|
|
|
5011 ;;;***
|
|
|
5012
|
|
|
5013 ;;;### (autoloads (vrml-mode) "vrml-mode" "modes/vrml-mode.el")
|
|
|
5014
|
|
|
5015 (autoload 'vrml-mode "vrml-mode" "\
|
|
|
5016 Major mode for editing VRML code.
|
|
|
5017 Expression and list commands understand all VRML brackets.
|
|
|
5018 Tab indents for VRML code.
|
|
|
5019 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
5020 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
5021
|
|
|
5022 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
5023 vrml-indent-level
|
|
|
5024 Indentation of VRML statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
5025
|
|
|
5026 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
|
|
|
5027 documentation for details):
|
|
|
5028 vrml-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
5029 Controls action of TAB key.
|
|
|
5030 vrml-auto-newline
|
|
|
5031 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
|
|
|
5032 inserted in VRML code.
|
|
|
5033
|
|
|
5034 Turning on VRML mode calls the value of the variable `vrml-mode-hook'
|
|
|
5035 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
|
|
|
5036 `vrml-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
|
|
|
5037 already exist.
|
|
|
5038
|
|
|
5039 Commands:
|
|
|
5040 \\{vrml-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5041
|
|
|
5042 ;;;***
|
|
|
5043
|
|
|
5044 ;;;### (autoloads (xpm-mode) "xpm-mode" "modes/xpm-mode.el")
|
|
|
5045
|
|
|
5046 (autoload 'xpm-mode "xpm-mode" "\
|
|
|
5047 Treat the current buffer as an xpm file and colorize it.
|
|
|
5048
|
|
|
5049 Shift-button-1 lets you paint by dragging the mouse. Shift-button-1 on a
|
|
|
5050 color definition line will change the current painting color to that line's
|
|
|
5051 value.
|
|
|
5052
|
|
|
5053 Characters inserted from the keyboard will NOT be colored properly yet.
|
|
|
5054 Use the mouse, or do xpm-init (\\[xpm-init]) after making changes.
|
|
|
5055
|
|
|
5056 \\[xpm-add-color] Add a new color, prompting for character and value
|
|
|
5057 \\[xpm-show-image] show the current image at the top of the buffer
|
|
|
5058 \\[xpm-parse-color] parse the current line's color definition and add
|
|
|
5059 it to the color table. Provided as a means of changing colors.
|
|
|
5060 XPM minor mode bindings:
|
|
|
5061 \\{xpm-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5062
|
|
|
5063 ;;;***
|
|
|
5064
|
|
|
5065 ;;;### (autoloads (br-env-load br-env-browse) "br-env" "oobr/br-env.el")
|
|
|
5066
|
|
|
5067 (autoload 'br-env-browse "br-env" "\
|
|
|
5068 Invoke the OO-Browser on an existing or to be created Environment ENV-FILE." t nil)
|
|
|
5069
|
|
|
5070 (autoload 'br-env-load "br-env" "\
|
|
|
5071 Load browser Environment or spec from optional ENV-FILE or 'br-env-file'.
|
|
|
5072 Non-nil PROMPT means prompt user before building tables.
|
|
|
5073 Non-nil NO-BUILD means skip build of Environment entirely.
|
|
|
5074 Return t if load is successful, else nil." t nil)
|
|
|
5075
|
|
|
5076 ;;;***
|
|
|
5077
|
|
|
5078 ;;;### (autoloads (oo-browser) "br-start" "oobr/br-start.el")
|
|
|
5079
|
|
|
5080 (fset 'oobr 'oo-browser)
|
|
|
5081
|
|
|
5082 (autoload 'oo-browser "br-start" "\
|
|
|
5083 Prompt for an Environment and language over which to run the OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5084 Optional prefix argument SAME-ENV-FLAG means browse the current Environment,
|
|
|
5085 if any, without prompting." t nil)
|
|
|
5086
|
|
|
5087 ;;;***
|
|
|
5088
|
|
|
5089 ;;;### (autoloads (br-to-from-viewer br-add-class-file) "br" "oobr/br.el")
|
|
|
5090
|
|
|
5091 (autoload 'br-add-class-file "br" "\
|
|
|
5092 Add a file of classes to the current Environment.
|
|
|
5093 Interactively or when optional CLASS-PATH is nil, CLASS-PATH defaults to the
|
|
|
5094 current buffer file pathname. If optional LIB-TABLE-P is non-nil, add to
|
|
|
5095 Library Environment, otherwise add to System Environment. If optional
|
|
|
5096 SAVE-FILE is t, the Environment is then stored to the filename given by
|
|
|
5097 'br-env-file'. If SAVE-FILE is non-nil and not t, its string value is used
|
|
|
5098 as the file to which to save the Environment." t nil)
|
|
|
5099
|
|
|
5100 (autoload 'br-to-from-viewer "br" "\
|
|
|
5101 Move point to viewer window or back to last recorded listing window." t nil)
|
|
|
5102
|
|
|
5103 ;;;***
|
|
|
5104
|
|
|
5105 ;;;### (autoloads (c++-browse) "c++-browse" "oobr/c++-browse.el")
|
|
|
5106
|
|
|
5107 (autoload 'c++-browse "c++-browse" "\
|
|
|
5108 Invoke the C++ OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5109 This allows browsing through C++ library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5110 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5111 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5112 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5113
|
|
|
5114 ;;;***
|
|
|
5115
|
|
|
5116 ;;;### (autoloads (clos-browse) "clos-brows" "oobr/clos-brows.el")
|
|
|
5117
|
|
|
5118 (autoload 'clos-browse "clos-brows" "\
|
|
|
5119 Invoke the CLOS OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5120 This allows browsing through CLOS library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5121 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file
|
|
|
5122 to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5123 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5124
|
|
|
5125 ;;;***
|
|
|
5126
|
|
|
5127 ;;;### (autoloads (eif-browse) "eif-browse" "oobr/eif-browse.el")
|
|
|
5128
|
|
|
5129 (autoload 'eif-browse "eif-browse" "\
|
|
|
5130 Invoke the Eiffel OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5131 This allows browsing through Eiffel library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5132 With an optional prefix arg ENV-FILE equal to t, prompt for Environment file
|
|
|
5133 to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5134 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5135
|
|
|
5136 ;;;***
|
|
|
5137
|
|
|
5138 ;;;### (autoloads (info-browse) "info-brows" "oobr/info-brows.el")
|
|
|
5139
|
|
|
5140 (autoload 'info-browse "info-brows" "\
|
|
|
5141 Invoke the Info OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5142 This allows browsing through Info library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5143 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5144 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5145 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5146
|
|
|
5147 ;;;***
|
|
|
5148
|
|
|
5149 ;;;### (autoloads (java-browse) "java-brows" "oobr/java-brows.el")
|
|
|
5150
|
|
|
5151 (autoload 'java-browse "java-brows" "\
|
|
|
5152 Invoke the Java OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5153 This allows browsing through Java library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5154 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5155 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5156 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5157
|
|
|
5158 ;;;***
|
|
|
5159
|
|
|
5160 ;;;### (autoloads (objc-browse) "objc-brows" "oobr/objc-brows.el")
|
|
|
5161
|
|
|
5162 (autoload 'objc-browse "objc-brows" "\
|
|
|
5163 Invoke the Objective-C OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5164 This allows browsing through Objective-C library and system class
|
|
|
5165 hierarchies. With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for
|
|
|
5166 Environment file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used
|
|
|
5167 as the Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5168
|
|
|
5169 ;;;***
|
|
|
5170
|
|
|
5171 ;;;### (autoloads (python-browse) "python-browse" "oobr/python-browse.el")
|
|
|
5172
|
|
|
5173 (autoload 'python-browse "python-browse" "\
|
|
|
5174 Invoke the Python OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5175 This allows browsing through Python library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5176 With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment
|
|
|
5177 file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5178 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5179
|
|
|
5180 ;;;***
|
|
|
5181
|
|
|
5182 ;;;### (autoloads (smt-browse) "smt-browse" "oobr/smt-browse.el")
|
|
|
5183
|
|
|
5184 (autoload 'smt-browse "smt-browse" "\
|
|
|
5185 Invoke the Smalltalk OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5186 This allows browsing through Smalltalk library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5187 With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment
|
|
|
5188 file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5189 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5190
|
|
|
5191 ;;;***
|
|
|
5192
|
|
|
5193 ;;;### (autoloads (add-log-current-defun change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "packages/add-log.el")
|
|
|
5194
|
|
|
5195 (defvar change-log-default-name nil "\
|
|
|
5196 *Name of a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry].")
|
|
|
5197
|
|
|
5198 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
|
|
|
5199 *If non-nil, function to guess name of current function from surrounding text.
|
|
|
5200 \\[add-change-log-entry] calls this function (if nil, `add-log-current-defun'
|
|
|
5201 instead) with no arguments. It returns a string or nil if it cannot guess.")
|
|
|
5202
|
|
|
5203 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
|
|
|
5204 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
|
|
|
5205 This defaults to the value returned by the `user-full-name' function.")
|
|
|
5206
|
|
|
5207 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
|
|
|
5208 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
|
|
|
5209 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
|
|
|
5210
|
|
|
5211 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5212 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
|
|
|
5213
|
|
|
5214 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5215 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
|
|
|
5216
|
|
|
5217 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
|
|
|
5218 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
|
|
|
5219 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
|
|
|
5220 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
|
|
|
5221
|
|
|
5222 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
|
|
|
5223 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
|
|
|
5224 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
|
|
|
5225
|
|
|
5226 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
|
|
|
5227 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
|
|
|
5228
|
|
|
5229 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5230 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
|
|
|
5231 Optional arg (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site.
|
|
|
5232 Second arg is file name of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
|
|
|
5233 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
|
|
|
5234 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
|
|
|
5235 never append to an existing entry." t nil)
|
|
|
5236
|
|
|
5237 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5238 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
|
|
|
5239 Optional arg (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site.
|
|
|
5240 Second arg is file name of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'." t nil)
|
|
|
5241
|
|
|
5242 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
|
|
|
5243
|
|
|
5244 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5245 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
|
|
|
5246 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
|
|
|
5247 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
|
|
|
5248 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
|
|
|
5249 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
|
|
|
5250
|
|
|
5251 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5252 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
|
|
|
5253
|
|
|
5254 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
|
|
|
5255 Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran.
|
|
|
5256
|
|
|
5257 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
|
|
|
5258 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
|
|
|
5259 identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variable
|
|
|
5260 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp'.
|
|
|
5261
|
|
|
5262 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
|
|
|
5263
|
|
|
5264 ;;;***
|
|
|
5265
|
|
|
5266 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command) "apropos" "packages/apropos.el")
|
|
|
5267
|
|
|
5268 (fset 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
|
|
|
5269
|
|
|
5270 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5271 Shows commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
|
|
|
5272 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
|
|
|
5273 variables." t nil)
|
|
|
5274
|
|
|
5275 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5276 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
|
|
|
5277 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
|
|
|
5278 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
|
|
|
5279 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
|
|
|
5280
|
|
|
5281 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5282 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
|
|
|
5283 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
|
|
|
5284 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
|
|
|
5285 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
|
|
|
5286
|
|
|
5287 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5288 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
|
|
|
5289 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
|
|
|
5290 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
|
|
|
5291 bindings.
|
|
|
5292 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
|
|
|
5293
|
|
|
5294 ;;;***
|
|
|
5295
|
|
|
5296 ;;;### (autoloads (define-auto-insert auto-insert) "autoinsert" "packages/autoinsert.el")
|
|
|
5297
|
|
|
5298 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
|
|
|
5299 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
|
|
|
5300 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
5301
|
|
|
5302 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
|
|
|
5303 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
|
|
|
5304 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
|
|
|
5305 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
|
|
|
5306
|
|
|
5307 ;;;***
|
|
|
5308
|
|
|
5309 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "packages/avoid.el")
|
|
|
5310
|
|
|
5311 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
|
|
|
5312 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
|
|
|
5313 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
|
|
|
5314 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
|
|
|
5315
|
|
|
5316 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
|
|
|
5317 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
|
|
|
5318 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
|
|
|
5319
|
|
|
5320 Effects of the different modes:
|
|
|
5321 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
|
|
|
5322 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
|
|
|
5323 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
|
|
|
5324 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
|
|
|
5325 a random distance & direction.
|
|
|
5326 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
|
|
|
5327 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
|
|
|
5328 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
|
|
|
5329
|
|
|
5330 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
|
|
|
5331
|
|
|
5332 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
|
|
|
5333 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
|
|
|
5334 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
|
|
|
5335
|
|
|
5336 (add-minor-mode 'mouse-avoidance-mode " Avoid")
|
|
|
5337
|
|
|
5338 ;;;***
|
|
|
5339
|
|
|
5340 ;;;### (autoloads (blink-cursor-mode) "blink-cursor" "packages/blink-cursor.el")
|
|
|
5341
|
|
|
5342 (autoload 'blink-cursor-mode "blink-cursor" "\
|
|
|
5343 Enable or disable a blinking cursor.
|
|
|
5344 If TIMEOUT is nil, toggle on or off.
|
|
|
5345 If TIMEOUT is t, enable with the previous timeout value.
|
|
|
5346 If TIMEOUT is 0, disable.
|
|
|
5347 If TIMEOUT is greater than 0, then the cursor will blink once
|
|
|
5348 each TIMEOUT secs (can be a float)." t nil)
|
|
|
5349
|
|
|
5350 ;;;***
|
|
|
5351
|
|
|
5352 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "packages/bookmark.el")
|
|
|
5353
|
|
|
5354 (if (symbolp (key-binding "r")) nil (progn (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set) (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)))
|
|
|
5355
|
|
|
5356 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
|
|
|
5357 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
|
|
|
5358 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
|
|
|
5359 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
|
|
|
5360 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
|
|
|
5361 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
|
|
|
5362
|
|
|
5363 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
|
|
|
5364
|
|
|
5365 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
|
|
|
5366
|
|
|
5367 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
|
|
|
5368
|
|
|
5369 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
|
|
|
5370
|
|
|
5371 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump)
|
|
|
5372
|
|
|
5373 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
|
|
|
5374
|
|
|
5375 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
|
|
|
5376
|
|
|
5377 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location)
|
|
|
5378
|
|
|
5379 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
|
|
|
5380
|
|
|
5381 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
|
|
|
5382
|
|
|
5383 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
|
|
|
5384
|
|
|
5385 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
|
|
|
5386
|
|
|
5387 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
|
|
|
5388
|
|
|
5389 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5390 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
|
|
|
5391 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
|
|
|
5392 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
|
|
|
5393 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
|
|
|
5394 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
|
|
|
5395 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
|
|
|
5396 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
|
|
|
5397 recent one.
|
|
|
5398
|
|
|
5399 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
|
|
|
5400 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
|
|
|
5401 yank successive words.
|
|
|
5402
|
|
|
5403 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
|
|
|
5404 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
|
|
|
5405 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
|
|
|
5406 name of the file being visited.
|
|
|
5407
|
|
|
5408 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
|
|
|
5409 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
|
|
|
5410 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
|
|
|
5411
|
|
|
5412 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5413 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
|
|
|
5414 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5415 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5416 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5417 this.
|
|
|
5418
|
|
|
5419 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
|
|
|
5420 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
|
|
|
5421 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
|
|
|
5422 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
|
|
|
5423
|
|
|
5424 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5425 Relocate BOOKMARK -- prompts for a filename, and makes an already
|
|
|
5426 existing bookmark point to that file, instead of the one it used to
|
|
|
5427 point at. Useful when a file has been renamed after a bookmark was
|
|
|
5428 set in it." t nil)
|
|
|
5429
|
|
|
5430 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5431 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5432 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
|
|
|
5433 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
|
|
|
5434
|
|
|
5435 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5436 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name. If called from
|
|
|
5437 keyboard, prompts for OLD and NEW. If called from menubar, OLD is
|
|
|
5438 selected from a menu, and prompts for NEW.
|
|
|
5439
|
|
|
5440 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
|
|
|
5441 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
|
|
|
5442 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
|
|
|
5443
|
|
|
5444 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
|
|
|
5445 consectutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
|
|
|
5446 name." t nil)
|
|
|
5447
|
|
|
5448 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5449 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5450 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5451 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5452 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5453 this." t nil)
|
|
|
5454
|
|
|
5455 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5456 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
|
|
|
5457 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
|
|
|
5458 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
|
|
|
5459 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
|
|
|
5460 one most recently used in this file, if any).
|
|
|
5461 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
|
|
|
5462 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
|
|
|
5463
|
|
|
5464 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5465 Write bookmarks to a file (for which the user will be prompted
|
|
|
5466 interactively). Don't use this in Lisp programs; use bookmark-save
|
|
|
5467 instead." t nil)
|
|
|
5468
|
|
|
5469 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5470 Save currently defined bookmarks.
|
|
|
5471 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
|
|
|
5472 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
|
|
|
5473 \(second argument).
|
|
|
5474
|
|
|
5475 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
|
|
|
5476 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
|
|
|
5477 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
|
|
|
5478 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
|
|
|
5479 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
|
|
|
5480
|
|
|
5481 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
|
|
|
5482 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
|
|
|
5483 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
|
|
|
5484 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
|
|
|
5485
|
|
|
5486 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5487 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
|
|
|
5488 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
|
|
|
5489 optional second argument REVERT is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
|
|
|
5490 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
|
|
|
5491 while loading.
|
|
|
5492
|
|
|
5493 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
|
|
|
5494 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
|
|
|
5495 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
|
|
|
5496 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
|
|
|
5497 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
|
|
|
5498 explicitly." t nil)
|
|
|
5499
|
|
|
5500 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5501 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
|
|
|
5502 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
|
|
|
5503 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
|
|
|
5504 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
|
|
|
5505
|
|
|
5506 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
|
|
|
5507
|
|
|
5508 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
|
|
|
5509
|
|
|
5510 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-insert "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5511 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5512 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5513 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5514 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5515 this.
|
|
|
5516
|
|
|
5517 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5518 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5519 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5520
|
|
|
5521 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-jump "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5522 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
|
|
|
5523 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5524 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5525 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5526 this.
|
|
|
5527
|
|
|
5528 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5529 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5530 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5531
|
|
|
5532 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-locate "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5533 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5534 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
|
|
|
5535
|
|
|
5536 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5537 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5538 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5539
|
|
|
5540 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-rename "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5541 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5542 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5543 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
|
|
|
5544 prompts for NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5545 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
|
|
|
5546 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
|
|
|
5547 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
|
|
|
5548
|
|
|
5549 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
|
|
|
5550 consectutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
|
|
|
5551 name.
|
|
|
5552
|
|
|
5553 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5554 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5555 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5556
|
|
|
5557 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-delete "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5558 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
|
|
|
5559 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
|
|
|
5560 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
|
|
|
5561 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
|
|
|
5562 one most recently used in this file, if any).
|
|
|
5563
|
|
|
5564 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5565 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5566 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5567
|
|
|
5568 ;;;***
|
|
|
5569
|
|
|
5570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "buff-menu" "packages/buff-menu.el")
|
|
|
5571
|
|
|
5572 (defvar list-buffers-directory nil)
|
|
|
5573
|
|
|
5574 (make-variable-buffer-local 'list-buffers-directory)
|
|
|
5575
|
|
|
5576 ;;;***
|
|
|
5577
|
|
|
5578 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history-mode list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "packages/chistory.el")
|
|
|
5579
|
|
|
5580 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5581 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
|
|
|
5582 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
|
|
|
5583 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
|
|
|
5584 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
|
|
|
5585 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
|
|
|
5586
|
|
|
5587 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5588 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
|
|
|
5589 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
5590 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
|
|
|
5591 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
|
|
|
5592
|
|
|
5593 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
|
|
|
5594
|
|
|
5595 (autoload 'command-history-mode "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5596 Major mode for examining commands from `command-history'.
|
|
|
5597 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
5598 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
5599 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
|
|
|
5600
|
|
|
5601 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
|
|
|
5602 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
|
|
|
5603 \\{command-history-map}
|
|
|
5604 Calls the value of `command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
|
|
|
5605 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
|
|
|
5606
|
|
|
5607 ;;;***
|
|
|
5608
|
|
|
5609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "packages/cmuscheme.el")
|
|
|
5610
|
|
|
5611 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
|
|
|
5612
|
|
|
5613 ;;;***
|
|
|
5614
|
|
|
5615 ;;;### (autoloads (display-column-mode) "column" "packages/column.el")
|
|
|
5616
|
|
|
5617 (autoload 'display-column-mode "column" "\
|
|
|
5618 Toggle display column mode.
|
|
|
5619 With prefix arg, turn display column mode on iff arg is positive.
|
|
|
5620
|
|
|
5621 When display column mode is on, the current column and line number are
|
|
|
5622 displayed in the mode line." t nil)
|
|
|
5623
|
|
|
5624 ;;;***
|
|
|
5625
|
|
|
5626 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "packages/compare-w.el")
|
|
|
5627
|
|
|
5628 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
|
|
|
5629 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
|
|
|
5630 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
|
|
|
5631 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
|
|
|
5632
|
|
|
5633 This command pushes the mark in each window
|
|
|
5634 at the prior location of point in that window.
|
|
|
5635 If both windows display the same buffer,
|
|
|
5636 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
|
|
|
5637 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
|
|
|
5638
|
|
|
5639 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
|
|
|
5640 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
|
|
|
5641 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
5642
|
|
|
5643 ;;;***
|
|
|
5644
|
|
|
5645 ;;;### (autoloads (first-error previous-error next-error compilation-minor-mode grep compile) "compile" "packages/compile.el")
|
|
|
5646
|
|
|
5647 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
|
|
|
5648 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
|
|
|
5649
|
|
|
5650 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
|
|
|
5651 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
|
|
|
5652
|
|
|
5653 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
|
|
|
5654 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
|
|
|
5655 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
|
|
|
5656 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
|
|
|
5657 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
|
|
|
5658
|
|
|
5659 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
|
|
|
5660 *Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
|
|
|
5661 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
|
|
|
5662 describing how the process finished.")
|
|
|
5663
|
|
|
5664 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
|
|
|
5665 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
|
|
|
5666 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
|
|
|
5667 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
|
|
|
5668
|
|
|
5669 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
|
|
|
5670 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
|
|
|
5671 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
|
|
|
5672 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
|
|
|
5673
|
|
|
5674 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
|
|
|
5675 and move to the source code that caused it.
|
|
|
5676
|
|
|
5677 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
|
|
|
5678 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
|
|
|
5679
|
|
|
5680 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
|
|
|
5681 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
|
|
|
5682 Then start the next one.
|
|
|
5683
|
|
|
5684 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
|
|
|
5685 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
|
|
|
5686 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
|
|
|
5687
|
|
|
5688 (autoload 'grep "compile" "\
|
|
|
5689 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
|
|
|
5690 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
|
|
|
5691 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
|
|
|
5692
|
|
|
5693 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
|
|
|
5694 easily repeat a grep command." t nil)
|
|
|
5695
|
|
|
5696 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
|
|
|
5697 Toggle compilation minor mode.
|
|
|
5698 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
|
|
|
5699 See `compilation-mode'.
|
|
|
5700 ! \\{compilation-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5701
|
|
|
5702 (autoload 'next-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
5703 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
|
|
|
5704 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command.
|
|
|
5705 If all preparsed error messages have been processed,
|
|
|
5706 the error message buffer is checked for new ones.
|
|
|
5707
|
|
|
5708 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
|
|
|
5709 negative means move back to previous error messages.
|
|
|
5710 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
|
|
|
5711 and start at the first error.
|
|
|
5712
|
|
|
5713 \\[next-error] normally applies to the most recent compilation started,
|
|
|
5714 but as long as you are in the middle of parsing errors from one compilation
|
|
|
5715 output buffer, you stay with that compilation output buffer.
|
|
|
5716
|
|
|
5717 Use \\[next-error] in a compilation output buffer to switch to
|
|
|
5718 processing errors from that compilation.
|
|
|
5719
|
|
|
5720 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
|
|
|
5721 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
|
|
|
5722
|
|
|
5723 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
|
|
|
5724
|
|
|
5725 (autoload 'previous-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
5726 Visit previous compilation error message and corresponding source code.
|
|
|
5727 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command." t nil)
|
|
|
5728
|
|
|
5729 (autoload 'first-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
5730 Reparse the error message buffer and start at the first error
|
|
|
5731 Visit corresponding source code.
|
|
|
5732 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command." t nil)
|
|
|
5733
|
|
|
5734 ;;;***
|
|
|
5735
|
|
|
5736 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "packages/dabbrev.el")
|
|
|
5737
|
|
|
5738 (define-key global-map [(meta /)] 'dabbrev-expand)
|
|
|
5739
|
|
|
5740 (define-key global-map [(meta control /)] 'dabbrev-completion)
|
|
|
5741
|
|
|
5742 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
|
|
|
5743 Completion on current word.
|
|
|
5744 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
|
|
|
5745 and presents suggestions for completion.
|
|
|
5746
|
|
|
5747 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
|
|
|
5748 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
|
|
|
5749 completions.
|
|
|
5750
|
|
|
5751 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
|
|
|
5752 then it searches *all* buffers.
|
|
|
5753
|
|
|
5754 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
|
|
|
5755 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
|
|
|
5756
|
|
|
5757 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
|
|
|
5758 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
|
|
|
5759
|
|
|
5760 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
|
|
|
5761 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
|
|
|
5762 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
|
|
|
5763 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
|
|
|
5764 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
|
|
|
5765
|
|
|
5766 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
|
|
|
5767 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
|
|
|
5768
|
|
|
5769 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
|
|
|
5770 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
|
|
|
5771 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
|
|
|
5772
|
|
|
5773 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
|
|
|
5774 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
|
|
|
5775
|
|
|
5776 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
|
|
|
5777
|
|
|
5778 ;;;***
|
|
|
5779
|
|
|
5780 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff) "diff" "packages/diff.el")
|
|
|
5781
|
|
|
5782 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
|
|
|
5783 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
|
|
|
5784
|
|
|
5785 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
|
|
|
5786 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
|
|
|
5787 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
|
|
|
5788 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
|
|
|
5789 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
|
|
|
5790
|
|
|
5791 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
|
|
|
5792 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
|
|
|
5793 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
|
|
|
5794 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
|
|
|
5795 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
|
|
|
5796
|
|
|
5797 ;;;***
|
|
|
5798
|
|
|
5799 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-faces) "edit-faces" "packages/edit-faces.el")
|
|
|
5800
|
|
|
5801 (autoload 'edit-faces "edit-faces" "\
|
|
|
5802 Alter face characteristics by editing a list of defined faces.
|
|
|
5803 Pops up a buffer containing a list of defined faces.
|
|
|
5804
|
|
|
5805 Editing commands:
|
|
|
5806
|
|
|
5807 \\{edit-faces-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5808
|
|
|
5809 ;;;***
|
|
|
5810
|
|
|
5811 ;;;### (autoloads (report-xemacs-bug) "emacsbug" "packages/emacsbug.el")
|
|
|
5812
|
|
|
5813 (autoload 'report-xemacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
|
|
|
5814 Report a bug in XEmacs.
|
|
|
5815 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
5816
|
|
|
5817 ;;;***
|
|
|
5818
|
|
|
5819 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge" "packages/emerge.el")
|
|
|
5820
|
|
|
5821 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5822 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
|
|
|
5823
|
|
|
5824 (fset 'emerge 'emerge-files)
|
|
|
5825
|
|
|
5826 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5827 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
5828
|
|
|
5829 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5830 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
5831
|
|
|
5832 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5833 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
5834
|
|
|
5835 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
5836
|
|
|
5837 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
5838
|
|
|
5839 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
5840
|
|
|
5841 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
5842
|
|
|
5843 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5844 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
|
|
|
5845
|
|
|
5846 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5847 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
5848
|
|
|
5849 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" nil t nil)
|
|
|
5850
|
|
|
5851 ;;;***
|
|
|
5852
|
|
|
5853 ;;;### (autoloads (tags-apropos list-tags tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file find-tag-other-window find-tag visit-tags-table) "etags" "packages/etags.el")
|
|
|
5854
|
|
|
5855 (defvar tags-build-completion-table 'ask "\
|
|
|
5856 *If this variable is nil, then tags completion is disabled.
|
|
|
5857 If this variable is t, then things which prompt for tags will do so with
|
|
|
5858 completion across all known tags.
|
|
|
5859 If this variable is the symbol `ask', then you will be asked whether each
|
|
|
5860 tags table should be added to the completion list as it is read in.
|
|
|
5861 (With the exception that for very small tags tables, you will not be asked,
|
|
|
5862 since they can be parsed quickly.)")
|
|
|
5863
|
|
|
5864 (defvar tags-always-exact nil "\
|
|
|
5865 *If this variable is non-nil, then tags always looks for exact matches.")
|
|
|
5866
|
|
|
5867 (defvar tag-table-alist nil "\
|
|
|
5868 *A list which determines which tags files should be active for a
|
|
|
5869 given buffer. This is not really an association list, in that all
|
|
|
5870 elements are checked. The CAR of each element of this list is a
|
|
|
5871 pattern against which the buffer's file name is compared; if it
|
|
|
5872 matches, then the CDR of the list should be the name of the tags
|
|
|
5873 table to use. If more than one element of this list matches the
|
|
|
5874 buffer's file name, then all of the associated tags tables will be
|
|
|
5875 used. Earlier ones will be searched first.
|
|
|
5876
|
|
|
5877 If the CAR of elements of this list are strings, then they are treated
|
|
|
5878 as regular-expressions against which the file is compared (like the
|
|
|
5879 auto-mode-alist). If they are not strings, then they are evaluated.
|
|
|
5880 If they evaluate to non-nil, then the current buffer is considered to
|
|
|
5881 match.
|
|
|
5882
|
|
|
5883 If the CDR of the elements of this list are strings, then they are
|
|
|
5884 assumed to name a TAGS file. If they name a directory, then the string
|
|
|
5885 \"TAGS\" is appended to them to get the file name. If they are not
|
|
|
5886 strings, then they are evaluated, and must return an appropriate string.
|
|
|
5887
|
|
|
5888 For example:
|
|
|
5889 (setq tag-table-alist
|
|
|
5890 '((\"/usr/src/public/perl/\" . \"/usr/src/public/perl/perl-3.0/\")
|
|
|
5891 (\"\\\\.el$\" . \"/usr/local/emacs/src/\")
|
|
|
5892 (\"/jbw/gnu/\" . \"/usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/\")
|
|
|
5893 (\"\" . \"/usr/local/emacs/src/\")
|
|
|
5894 ))
|
|
|
5895
|
|
|
5896 This means that anything in the /usr/src/public/perl/ directory should use
|
|
|
5897 the TAGS file /usr/src/public/perl/perl-3.0/TAGS; and file ending in .el should
|
|
|
5898 use the TAGS file /usr/local/emacs/src/TAGS; and anything in or below the
|
|
|
5899 directory /jbw/gnu/ should use the TAGS file /usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/TAGS.
|
|
|
5900 A file called something like \"/usr/jbw/foo.el\" would use both the TAGS files
|
|
|
5901 /usr/local/emacs/src/TAGS and /usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/TAGS (in that order)
|
|
|
5902 because it matches both patterns.
|
|
|
5903
|
|
|
5904 If the buffer-local variable `buffer-tag-table' is set, then it names a tags
|
|
|
5905 table that is searched before all others when find-tag is executed from this
|
|
|
5906 buffer.
|
|
|
5907
|
|
|
5908 If there is a file called \"TAGS\" in the same directory as the file in
|
|
|
5909 question, then that tags file will always be used as well (after the
|
|
|
5910 `buffer-tag-table' but before the tables specified by this list.)
|
|
|
5911
|
|
|
5912 If the variable tags-file-name is set, then the tags file it names will apply
|
|
|
5913 to all buffers (for backwards compatibility.) It is searched first.
|
|
|
5914 ")
|
|
|
5915
|
|
|
5916 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
|
|
|
5917 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE first.
|
|
|
5918 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
|
|
|
5919 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory." t nil)
|
|
|
5920
|
|
|
5921 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
|
|
|
5922 *Find tag whose name contains TAGNAME.
|
|
|
5923 Selects the buffer that the tag is contained in
|
|
|
5924 and puts point at its definition.
|
|
|
5925 If TAGNAME is a null string, the expression in the buffer
|
|
|
5926 around or before point is used as the tag name.
|
|
|
5927 If called interactively with a numeric argument, searches for the next tag
|
|
|
5928 in the tag table that matches the tagname used in the previous find-tag.
|
|
|
5929 If second arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, uses another window to display
|
|
|
5930 the tag.
|
|
|
5931
|
|
|
5932 This version of this function supports multiple active tags tables,
|
|
|
5933 and completion.
|
|
|
5934
|
|
|
5935 Variables of note:
|
|
|
5936
|
|
|
5937 tag-table-alist controls which tables apply to which buffers
|
|
|
5938 tags-file-name a default tags table
|
|
|
5939 tags-build-completion-table controls completion behavior
|
|
|
5940 buffer-tag-table another way of specifying a buffer-local table
|
|
|
5941 make-tags-files-invisible whether tags tables should be very hidden
|
|
|
5942 tag-mark-stack-max how many tags-based hops to remember" t nil)
|
|
|
5943
|
|
|
5944 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
|
|
|
5945 *Find tag whose name contains TAGNAME.
|
|
|
5946 Selects the buffer that the tag is contained in in another window
|
|
|
5947 and puts point at its definition.
|
|
|
5948 If TAGNAME is a null string, the expression in the buffer
|
|
|
5949 around or before point is used as the tag name.
|
|
|
5950 If second arg NEXT is non-nil (interactively, with prefix arg),
|
|
|
5951 searches for the next tag in the tag table
|
|
|
5952 that matches the tagname used in the previous find-tag.
|
|
|
5953
|
|
|
5954 This version of this function supports multiple active tags tables,
|
|
|
5955 and completion.
|
|
|
5956
|
|
|
5957 Variables of note:
|
|
|
5958
|
|
|
5959 tag-table-alist controls which tables apply to which buffers
|
|
|
5960 tags-file-name a default tags table
|
|
|
5961 tags-build-completion-table controls completion behavior
|
|
|
5962 buffer-tag-table another way of specifying a buffer-local table
|
|
|
5963 make-tags-files-invisible whether tags tables should be very hidden
|
|
|
5964 tag-mark-stack-max how many tags-based hops to remember" t nil)
|
|
|
5965
|
|
|
5966 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
|
|
|
5967 Select next file among files in current tag table(s).
|
|
|
5968
|
|
|
5969 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
|
|
|
5970 beginning of the list of files in the (first) tags table. If the argument
|
|
|
5971 is neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
|
|
|
5972
|
|
|
5973 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
|
|
|
5974 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
|
|
|
5975
|
|
|
5976 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
|
|
|
5977 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
|
|
|
5978
|
|
|
5979 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
|
|
|
5980 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
|
|
|
5981 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
|
|
|
5982 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
|
|
|
5983 Two variables control the processing we do on each file:
|
|
|
5984 the value of `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file
|
|
|
5985 to see if it is interesting (it returns non-nil if so)
|
|
|
5986 and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to execute to operate on an interesting file
|
|
|
5987 If the latter returns non-nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
|
|
|
5988
|
|
|
5989 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
|
|
|
5990 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
|
|
|
5991 Stops when a match is found.
|
|
|
5992 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
|
|
|
5993
|
|
|
5994 See documentation of variable `tag-table-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
5995
|
|
|
5996 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
|
|
|
5997 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
|
|
|
5998 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
|
|
|
5999 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
|
|
|
6000 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
|
|
|
6001
|
|
|
6002 See documentation of variable `tag-table-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
6003
|
|
|
6004 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
|
|
|
6005 Display list of tags in file FILE.
|
|
|
6006 FILE should not contain a directory spec
|
|
|
6007 unless it has one in the tag table." t nil)
|
|
|
6008
|
|
|
6009 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
|
|
|
6010 Display list of all tags in tag table REGEXP matches." t nil)
|
|
|
6011
|
|
|
6012 ;;;***
|
|
|
6013
|
|
|
6014 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "packages/fast-lock.el")
|
|
|
6015
|
|
|
6016 (defvar fast-lock-mode nil)
|
|
|
6017
|
|
|
6018 (autoload 'fast-lock-mode "fast-lock" "\
|
|
|
6019 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
|
|
|
6020 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
|
|
|
6021 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
|
|
|
6022
|
|
|
6023 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
|
|
|
6024
|
|
|
6025 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
|
|
|
6026 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
|
|
|
6027 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
|
|
|
6028
|
|
|
6029 Font Lock caches may be saved:
|
|
|
6030 - When you save the file's buffer.
|
|
|
6031 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
|
|
|
6032 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
|
|
|
6033 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
|
|
|
6034 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
|
|
|
6035
|
|
|
6036 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
|
|
|
6037
|
|
|
6038 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
|
|
|
6039 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
|
|
|
6040 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
|
|
|
6041 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
|
|
|
6042
|
|
|
6043 Use \\[fast-lock-submit-bug-report] to send bug reports or feedback." t nil)
|
|
|
6044
|
|
|
6045 (autoload 'turn-on-fast-lock "fast-lock" "\
|
|
|
6046 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6047
|
|
|
6048 (if (fboundp 'add-minor-mode) (add-minor-mode 'fast-lock-mode nil))
|
|
|
6049
|
|
|
6050 ;;;***
|
|
|
6051
|
|
|
6052 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "packages/feedmail.el")
|
|
|
6053
|
|
|
6054 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6055
|
|
|
6056 ;;;***
|
|
|
6057
|
|
|
6058 ;;;### (autoloads (make-file-part) "file-part" "packages/file-part.el")
|
|
|
6059
|
|
|
6060 (autoload 'make-file-part "file-part" "\
|
|
|
6061 Make a file part on buffer BUFFER out of the region. Call it NAME.
|
|
|
6062 This command creates a new buffer containing the contents of the
|
|
|
6063 region and marks the buffer as referring to the specified buffer,
|
|
|
6064 called the `master buffer'. When the file-part buffer is saved,
|
|
|
6065 its changes are integrated back into the master buffer. When the
|
|
|
6066 master buffer is deleted, all file parts are deleted with it.
|
|
|
6067
|
|
|
6068 When called from a function, expects four arguments, START, END,
|
|
|
6069 NAME, and BUFFER, all of which are optional and default to the
|
|
|
6070 beginning of BUFFER, the end of BUFFER, a name generated from
|
|
|
6071 BUFFER's name, and the current buffer, respectively." t nil)
|
|
|
6072
|
|
|
6073 ;;;***
|
|
|
6074
|
|
|
6075 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer turn-off-font-lock turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "packages/font-lock.el")
|
|
|
6076
|
|
|
6077 (defvar font-lock-auto-fontify t "\
|
|
|
6078 *Whether font-lock should automatically fontify files as they're loaded.
|
|
|
6079 This will only happen if font-lock has fontifying keywords for the major
|
|
|
6080 mode of the file. You can get finer-grained control over auto-fontification
|
|
|
6081 by using this variable in combination with `font-lock-mode-enable-list' or
|
|
|
6082 `font-lock-mode-disable-list'.")
|
|
|
6083
|
|
|
6084 (defvar font-lock-mode-enable-list nil "\
|
|
|
6085 *List of modes to auto-fontify, if `font-lock-auto-fontify' is nil.")
|
|
|
6086
|
|
|
6087 (defvar font-lock-mode-disable-list nil "\
|
|
|
6088 *List of modes not to auto-fontify, if `font-lock-auto-fontify' is t.")
|
|
|
6089
|
|
|
6090 (defvar font-lock-use-colors '(color) "\
|
|
|
6091 *Specification for when Font Lock will set up color defaults.
|
|
|
6092 Normally this should be '(color), meaning that Font Lock will set up
|
|
|
6093 color defaults that are only used on color displays. Set this to nil
|
|
|
6094 if you don't want Font Lock to set up color defaults at all. This
|
|
|
6095 should be one of
|
|
|
6096
|
|
|
6097 -- a list of valid tags, meaning that the color defaults will be used
|
|
|
6098 when all of the tags apply. (e.g. '(color x))
|
|
|
6099 -- a list whose first element is 'or and whose remaining elements are
|
|
|
6100 lists of valid tags, meaning that the defaults will be used when
|
|
|
6101 any of the tag lists apply.
|
|
|
6102 -- nil, meaning that the defaults should not be set up at all.
|
|
|
6103
|
|
|
6104 \(If you specify face values in your init file, they will override any
|
|
|
6105 that Font Lock specifies, regardless of whether you specify the face
|
|
|
6106 values before or after loading Font Lock.)
|
|
|
6107
|
|
|
6108 See also `font-lock-use-fonts'. If you want more control over the faces
|
|
|
6109 used for fontification, see the documentation of `font-lock-mode' for
|
|
|
6110 how to do it.")
|
|
|
6111
|
|
|
6112 (defvar font-lock-use-fonts '(or (mono) (grayscale)) "\
|
|
|
6113 *Specification for when Font Lock will set up non-color defaults.
|
|
|
6114
|
|
|
6115 Normally this should be '(or (mono) (grayscale)), meaning that Font
|
|
|
6116 Lock will set up non-color defaults that are only used on either mono
|
|
|
6117 or grayscale displays. Set this to nil if you don't want Font Lock to
|
|
|
6118 set up non-color defaults at all. This should be one of
|
|
|
6119
|
|
|
6120 -- a list of valid tags, meaning that the non-color defaults will be used
|
|
|
6121 when all of the tags apply. (e.g. '(grayscale x))
|
|
|
6122 -- a list whose first element is 'or and whose remaining elements are
|
|
|
6123 lists of valid tags, meaning that the defaults will be used when
|
|
|
6124 any of the tag lists apply.
|
|
|
6125 -- nil, meaning that the defaults should not be set up at all.
|
|
|
6126
|
|
|
6127 \(If you specify face values in your init file, they will override any
|
|
|
6128 that Font Lock specifies, regardless of whether you specify the face
|
|
|
6129 values before or after loading Font Lock.)
|
|
|
6130
|
|
|
6131 See also `font-lock-use-colors'. If you want more control over the faces
|
|
|
6132 used for fontification, see the documentation of `font-lock-mode' for
|
|
|
6133 how to do it.")
|
|
|
6134
|
|
|
6135 (defvar font-lock-maximum-decoration nil "\
|
|
|
6136 *If non-nil, the maximum decoration level for fontifying.
|
|
|
6137 If nil, use the minimum decoration (equivalent to level 0).
|
|
|
6138 If t, use the maximum decoration available.
|
|
|
6139 If a number, use that level of decoration (or if not available the maximum).
|
|
|
6140 If a list, each element should be a cons pair of the form (MAJOR-MODE . LEVEL),
|
|
|
6141 where MAJOR-MODE is a symbol or t (meaning the default). For example:
|
|
|
6142 ((c++-mode . 2) (c-mode . t) (t . 1))
|
|
|
6143 means use level 2 decoration for buffers in `c++-mode', the maximum decoration
|
|
|
6144 available for buffers in `c-mode', and level 1 decoration otherwise.")
|
|
|
6145
|
|
|
6146 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'font-lock-use-maximal-decoration 'font-lock-maximum-decoration)
|
|
|
6147
|
|
|
6148 (defvar font-lock-maximum-size (* 250 1024) "\
|
|
|
6149 *If non-nil, the maximum size for buffers for fontifying.
|
|
|
6150 Only buffers less than this can be fontified when Font Lock mode is turned on.
|
|
|
6151 If nil, means size is irrelevant.
|
|
|
6152 If a list, each element should be a cons pair of the form (MAJOR-MODE . SIZE),
|
|
|
6153 where MAJOR-MODE is a symbol or t (meaning the default). For example:
|
|
|
6154 ((c++-mode . 256000) (c-mode . 256000) (rmail-mode . 1048576))
|
|
|
6155 means that the maximum size is 250K for buffers in `c++-mode' or `c-mode', one
|
|
|
6156 megabyte for buffers in `rmail-mode', and size is irrelevant otherwise.")
|
|
|
6157
|
|
|
6158 (defvar font-lock-keywords nil "\
|
|
|
6159 *A list of the keywords to highlight.
|
|
|
6160 Each element should be of the form:
|
|
|
6161
|
|
|
6162 MATCHER
|
|
|
6163 (MATCHER . MATCH)
|
|
|
6164 (MATCHER . FACENAME)
|
|
|
6165 (MATCHER . HIGHLIGHT)
|
|
|
6166 (MATCHER HIGHLIGHT ...)
|
|
|
6167
|
|
|
6168 where HIGHLIGHT should be either MATCH-HIGHLIGHT or MATCH-ANCHORED.
|
|
|
6169
|
|
|
6170 For highlighting single items, typically only MATCH-HIGHLIGHT is required.
|
|
|
6171 However, if an item or (typically) items is to be hightlighted following the
|
|
|
6172 instance of another item (the anchor) then MATCH-ANCHORED may be required.
|
|
|
6173
|
|
|
6174 MATCH-HIGHLIGHT should be of the form:
|
|
|
6175
|
|
|
6176 (MATCH FACENAME OVERRIDE LAXMATCH)
|
|
|
6177
|
|
|
6178 Where MATCHER can be either the regexp to search for, or the function name to
|
|
|
6179 call to make the search (called with one argument, the limit of the search).
|
|
|
6180 MATCH is the subexpression of MATCHER to be highlighted. FACENAME is either
|
|
|
6181 a symbol naming a face, or an expression whose value is the face name to use.
|
|
|
6182 If you want FACENAME to be a symbol that evaluates to a face, use a form
|
|
|
6183 like \"(progn sym)\".
|
|
|
6184
|
|
|
6185 OVERRIDE and LAXMATCH are flags. If OVERRIDE is t, existing fontification may
|
|
|
6186 be overwritten. If `keep', only parts not already fontified are highlighted.
|
|
|
6187 If `prepend' or `append', existing fontification is merged with the new, in
|
|
|
6188 which the new or existing fontification, respectively, takes precedence.
|
|
|
6189 If LAXMATCH is non-nil, no error is signalled if there is no MATCH in MATCHER.
|
|
|
6190
|
|
|
6191 For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):
|
|
|
6192
|
|
|
6193 \"\\\\\\=<foo\\\\\\=>\" Discrete occurrences of \"foo\" in the value of the
|
|
|
6194 variable `font-lock-keyword-face'.
|
|
|
6195 (\"fu\\\\(bar\\\\)\" . 1) Substring \"bar\" within all occurrences of \"fubar\" in
|
|
|
6196 the value of `font-lock-keyword-face'.
|
|
|
6197 (\"fubar\" . fubar-face) Occurrences of \"fubar\" in the value of `fubar-face'.
|
|
|
6198 (\"foo\\\\|bar\" 0 foo-bar-face t)
|
|
|
6199 Occurrences of either \"foo\" or \"bar\" in the value
|
|
|
6200 of `foo-bar-face', even if already highlighted.
|
|
|
6201
|
|
|
6202 MATCH-ANCHORED should be of the form:
|
|
|
6203
|
|
|
6204 (MATCHER PRE-MATCH-FORM POST-MATCH-FORM MATCH-HIGHLIGHT ...)
|
|
|
6205
|
|
|
6206 Where MATCHER is as for MATCH-HIGHLIGHT with one exception. The limit of the
|
|
|
6207 search is currently guaranteed to be (no greater than) the end of the line.
|
|
|
6208 PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are evaluated before the first, and after
|
|
|
6209 the last, instance MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER is used. Therefore they can be
|
|
|
6210 used to initialise before, and cleanup after, MATCHER is used. Typically,
|
|
|
6211 PRE-MATCH-FORM is used to move to some position relative to the original
|
|
|
6212 MATCHER, before starting with MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER. POST-MATCH-FORM might
|
|
|
6213 be used to move, before resuming with MATCH-ANCHORED's parent's MATCHER.
|
|
|
6214
|
|
|
6215 For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):
|
|
|
6216
|
|
|
6217 (\"\\\\\\=<anchor\\\\\\=>\" (0 anchor-face) (\"\\\\\\=<item\\\\\\=>\" nil nil (0 item-face)))
|
|
|
6218
|
|
|
6219 Discrete occurrences of \"anchor\" in the value of `anchor-face', and subsequent
|
|
|
6220 discrete occurrences of \"item\" (on the same line) in the value of `item-face'.
|
|
|
6221 (Here PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are nil. Therefore \"item\" is
|
|
|
6222 initially searched for starting from the end of the match of \"anchor\", and
|
|
|
6223 searching for subsequent instance of \"anchor\" resumes from where searching
|
|
|
6224 for \"item\" concluded.)
|
|
|
6225
|
|
|
6226 Note that the MATCH-ANCHORED feature is experimental; in the future, we may
|
|
|
6227 replace it with other ways of providing this functionality.
|
|
|
6228
|
|
|
6229 These regular expressions should not match text which spans lines. While
|
|
|
6230 \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] handles multi-line patterns correctly, updating
|
|
|
6231 when you edit the buffer does not, since it considers text one line at a time.
|
|
|
6232
|
|
|
6233 Be very careful composing regexps for this list;
|
|
|
6234 the wrong pattern can dramatically slow things down!")
|
|
|
6235
|
|
|
6236 (make-variable-buffer-local 'font-lock-keywords)
|
|
|
6237
|
|
|
6238 (defvar font-lock-mode nil)
|
|
|
6239
|
|
|
6240 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
|
|
|
6241 Function or functions to run on entry to font-lock-mode.")
|
|
|
6242
|
|
|
6243 (autoload 'font-lock-mode "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6244 Toggle Font Lock Mode.
|
|
|
6245 With arg, turn font-lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
|
|
|
6246
|
|
|
6247 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
|
|
|
6248
|
|
|
6249 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
|
|
|
6250 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
|
|
|
6251 - Documentation strings (in Lisp-like languages) are displayed in
|
|
|
6252 `font-lock-doc-string-face';
|
|
|
6253 - Language keywords (\"reserved words\") are displayed in
|
|
|
6254 `font-lock-keyword-face';
|
|
|
6255 - Function names in their defining form are displayed in
|
|
|
6256 `font-lock-function-name-face';
|
|
|
6257 - Variable names in their defining form are displayed in
|
|
|
6258 `font-lock-variable-name-face';
|
|
|
6259 - Type names are displayed in `font-lock-type-face';
|
|
|
6260 - References appearing in help files and the like are displayed
|
|
|
6261 in `font-lock-reference-face';
|
|
|
6262 - Preprocessor declarations are displayed in
|
|
|
6263 `font-lock-preprocessor-face';
|
|
|
6264
|
|
|
6265 and
|
|
|
6266
|
|
|
6267 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according
|
|
|
6268 to the value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
|
|
|
6269
|
|
|
6270 Where modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
|
|
|
6271 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
|
|
|
6272 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
|
|
|
6273 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
|
|
|
6274 To fontify a buffer without turning on Font Lock mode, and regardless of buffer
|
|
|
6275 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
|
|
|
6276
|
|
|
6277 See the variable `font-lock-keywords' for customization." t nil)
|
|
|
6278
|
|
|
6279 (autoload 'turn-on-font-lock "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6280 Unconditionally turn on Font Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6281
|
|
|
6282 (autoload 'turn-off-font-lock "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6283 Unconditionally turn off Font Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6284
|
|
|
6285 (autoload 'font-lock-fontify-buffer "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6286 Fontify the current buffer the way `font-lock-mode' would.
|
|
|
6287 See `font-lock-mode' for details.
|
|
|
6288
|
|
|
6289 This can take a while for large buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
6290
|
|
|
6291 (add-minor-mode 'font-lock-mode " Font")
|
|
|
6292
|
|
|
6293 ;;;***
|
|
|
6294
|
|
|
6295 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-mode) "generic-sc" "packages/generic-sc.el")
|
|
|
6296
|
|
|
6297 (autoload 'sc-mode "generic-sc" "\
|
|
|
6298 Toggle sc-mode.
|
|
|
6299 SYSTEM can be sccs, rcs or cvs.
|
|
|
6300 Cvs requires the pcl-cvs package.
|
|
|
6301
|
|
|
6302 The following commands are available
|
|
|
6303 \\[sc-next-operation] perform next logical source control operation on current file
|
|
|
6304 \\[sc-show-changes] compare the version being edited with an older one
|
|
|
6305 \\[sc-version-diff-file] compare two older versions of a file
|
|
|
6306 \\[sc-show-history] display change history of current file
|
|
|
6307 \\[sc-visit-previous-revision] display an older revision of current file
|
|
|
6308 \\[sc-revert-file] revert buffer to last checked-in version
|
|
|
6309 \\[sc-list-all-locked-files] show all files locked in current directory
|
|
|
6310 \\[sc-list-locked-files] show all files locked by you in current directory
|
|
|
6311 \\[sc-list-registered-files] show all files under source control in current directory
|
|
|
6312 \\[sc-update-directory] get fresh copies of files checked-in by others in current directory
|
|
|
6313 \\[sc-rename-file] rename the current file and its source control file
|
|
|
6314
|
|
|
6315
|
|
|
6316 While you are entering a change log message for a check in, sc-log-entry-mode
|
|
|
6317 will be in effect.
|
|
|
6318
|
|
|
6319 Global user options:
|
|
|
6320 sc-diff-command A list consisting of the command and flags
|
|
|
6321 to be used for generating context diffs.
|
|
|
6322 sc-mode-expert suppresses some conformation prompts,
|
|
|
6323 notably for delta aborts and file saves.
|
|
|
6324 sc-max-log-size specifies the maximum allowable size
|
|
|
6325 of a log message plus one.
|
|
|
6326
|
|
|
6327
|
|
|
6328 When using SCCS you have additional commands and options
|
|
|
6329
|
|
|
6330 \\[sccs-insert-headers] insert source control headers in current file
|
|
|
6331
|
|
|
6332 When you generate headers into a buffer using \\[sccs-insert-headers],
|
|
|
6333 the value of sc-insert-headers-hook is called before insertion. If the
|
|
|
6334 file is recognized a C or Lisp source, sc-insert-c-header-hook or
|
|
|
6335 sc-insert-lisp-header-hook is called after insertion respectively.
|
|
|
6336
|
|
|
6337 sccs-headers-wanted which %-keywords to insert when adding
|
|
|
6338 headers with C-c h
|
|
|
6339 sccs-insert-static if non-nil, keywords inserted in C files
|
|
|
6340 get stuffed in a static string area so that
|
|
|
6341 what(1) can see them in the compiled object code.
|
|
|
6342
|
|
|
6343 When using CVS you have additional commands
|
|
|
6344
|
|
|
6345 \\[sc-cvs-update-directory] update the current directory using pcl-cvs
|
|
|
6346 \\[sc-cvs-file-status] show the CVS status of current file
|
|
|
6347 " t nil)
|
|
|
6348
|
|
|
6349 ;;;***
|
|
|
6350
|
|
|
6351 ;;;### (autoloads (gnuserv-start) "gnuserv" "packages/gnuserv.el")
|
|
|
6352
|
|
|
6353 (defvar gnuserv-frame nil "\
|
|
|
6354 *If non-nil, the frame to be used to display all edited files.
|
|
|
6355 If nil, then a new frame is created for each file edited.
|
|
|
6356 This variable has no effect in XEmacs versions older than 19.9.")
|
|
|
6357
|
|
|
6358 (autoload 'gnuserv-start "gnuserv" "\
|
|
|
6359 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
|
|
|
6360 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
|
|
|
6361 client \"editors\" (gnuclient and gnudoit) can send editing commands to
|
|
|
6362 this Emacs job. See the gnuserv(1) manual page for more details.
|
|
|
6363
|
|
|
6364 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
|
|
|
6365
|
|
|
6366 ;;;***
|
|
|
6367
|
|
|
6368 ;;;### (autoloads (gopher-atpoint gopher) "gopher" "packages/gopher.el")
|
|
|
6369
|
|
|
6370 (autoload 'gopher "gopher" "\
|
|
|
6371 Start a gopher session. With C-u, prompt for a gopher server." t nil)
|
|
|
6372
|
|
|
6373 (autoload 'gopher-atpoint "gopher" "\
|
|
|
6374 Try to interpret the text around point as a gopher bookmark, and dispatch
|
|
|
6375 to that object." t nil)
|
|
|
6376
|
|
|
6377 ;;;***
|
|
|
6378
|
|
|
6379 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl" "packages/hexl.el")
|
|
|
6380
|
|
|
6381 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6382 \\<hexl-mode-map>
|
|
|
6383 A major mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
|
|
|
6384
|
|
|
6385 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
|
|
|
6386 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
|
|
|
6387
|
|
|
6388 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
|
|
|
6389 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
|
|
|
6390 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
|
|
|
6391 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
|
|
|
6392
|
|
|
6393 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
|
|
|
6394 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
|
|
|
6395 periods.
|
|
|
6396
|
|
|
6397 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
|
|
|
6398 in hexl format.
|
|
|
6399
|
|
|
6400 A sample format:
|
|
|
6401
|
|
|
6402 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
|
|
|
6403 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
|
|
|
6404 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
|
|
|
6405 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
|
|
|
6406 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
|
|
|
6407 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
|
|
|
6408 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
|
|
|
6409 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
|
|
|
6410 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
|
|
|
6411 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
|
|
|
6412 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
|
|
|
6413 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
|
|
|
6414 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
|
|
|
6415 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
|
|
|
6416 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
|
|
|
6417
|
|
|
6418 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
|
|
|
6419 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
|
|
|
6420 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
|
|
|
6421
|
|
|
6422 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
|
|
|
6423 also supported.
|
|
|
6424
|
|
|
6425 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
|
|
|
6426
|
|
|
6427 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
|
|
|
6428 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
|
|
|
6429 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
|
|
|
6430
|
|
|
6431 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
|
|
|
6432 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
|
|
|
6433 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
|
|
|
6434
|
|
|
6435 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
|
|
|
6436 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6437
|
|
|
6438 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
|
|
|
6439 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6440
|
|
|
6441 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
|
|
|
6442 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6443
|
|
|
6444 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6445
|
|
|
6446 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
|
|
|
6447 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
|
|
|
6448
|
|
|
6449 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6450
|
|
|
6451 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
|
|
|
6452
|
|
|
6453 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6454 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6455 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
|
|
|
6456
|
|
|
6457 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6458 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
|
|
|
6459 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
|
|
|
6460
|
|
|
6461 ;;;***
|
|
|
6462
|
|
|
6463 ;;;### (autoloads (hypropos-popup-menu hypropos-set-variable hyper-describe-function hyper-describe-variable hyper-apropos) "hyper-apropos" "packages/hyper-apropos.el")
|
|
|
6464
|
|
|
6465 (defvar hypropos-show-brief-docs t "\
|
|
|
6466 *If non-nil, `hyper-apropos' will display some documentation in the
|
|
|
6467 \"*Hyper Apropos*\" buffer. Setting this to nil will speed up searches.")
|
|
|
6468
|
|
|
6469 (autoload 'hyper-apropos "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6470 Display lists of functions and variables matching REGEXP
|
|
|
6471 in buffer \"*Hyper Apropos*\". If optional prefix arg is given, then the value
|
|
|
6472 of `hypropos-programming-apropos' is toggled for this search.
|
|
|
6473 See also `hyper-apropos-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
6474
|
|
|
6475 (autoload 'hyper-describe-variable "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6476 Hypertext drop-in replacement for `describe-variable'.
|
|
|
6477 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." t nil)
|
|
|
6478
|
|
|
6479 (autoload 'hyper-describe-function "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6480 Hypertext replacement for `describe-function'. Unlike `describe-function'
|
|
|
6481 in that the symbol under the cursor is the default if it is a function.
|
|
|
6482 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-variable'." t nil)
|
|
|
6483
|
|
|
6484 (autoload 'hypropos-set-variable "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6485 Interactively set the variable on the current line." t nil)
|
|
|
6486
|
|
|
6487 (autoload 'hypropos-popup-menu "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6488
|
|
|
6489 ;;;***
|
|
|
6490
|
|
|
6491 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "packages/icomplete.el")
|
|
|
6492
|
|
|
6493 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
|
|
|
6494 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this emacs session,
|
|
|
6495 or deactivate with negative prefix arg." t nil)
|
|
|
6496
|
|
|
6497 (autoload 'icomplete-minibuffer-setup "icomplete" "\
|
|
|
6498 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
|
|
|
6499 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
|
|
|
6500
|
|
|
6501 ;;;***
|
|
|
6502
|
|
|
6503 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-elisp-ref Info-emacs-key Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-emacs-command Info-search Info-visit-file Info-goto-node Info-query info) "info" "packages/info.el")
|
|
|
6504
|
|
|
6505 (autoload 'info "info" "\
|
|
|
6506 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
|
|
|
6507 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
|
|
|
6508 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
|
|
|
6509
|
|
|
6510 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
|
|
|
6511 to read a file name from the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
6512
|
|
|
6513 (autoload 'Info-query "info" "\
|
|
|
6514 Enter Info, the documentation browser. Prompt for name of Info file." t nil)
|
|
|
6515
|
|
|
6516 (autoload 'Info-goto-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6517 Go to info node named NAME. Give just NODENAME or (FILENAME)NODENAME.
|
|
|
6518 Actually, the following interpretations of NAME are tried in order:
|
|
|
6519 (FILENAME)NODENAME
|
|
|
6520 (FILENAME) (using Top node)
|
|
|
6521 NODENAME (in current file)
|
|
|
6522 TAGNAME (see below)
|
|
|
6523 FILENAME (using Top node)
|
|
|
6524 where TAGNAME is a string that appears in quotes: \"TAGNAME\", in an
|
|
|
6525 annotation for any node of any file. (See `a' and `x' commands.)" t nil)
|
|
|
6526
|
|
|
6527 (autoload 'Info-visit-file "info" "\
|
|
|
6528 Directly visit an info file." t nil)
|
|
|
6529
|
|
|
6530 (autoload 'Info-search "info" "\
|
|
|
6531 Search for REGEXP, starting from point, and select node it's found in." t nil)
|
|
|
6532
|
|
|
6533 (autoload 'Info-emacs-command "info" "\
|
|
|
6534 Look up an Emacs command in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6535 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6536
|
|
|
6537 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6538 Look up an Emacs command in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6539 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6540
|
|
|
6541 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6542 Look up an Emacs key sequence in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6543 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6544
|
|
|
6545 (autoload 'Info-emacs-key "info" "\
|
|
|
6546 Look up an Emacs key sequence in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6547 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6548
|
|
|
6549 (autoload 'Info-elisp-ref "info" "\
|
|
|
6550 Look up an Emacs Lisp function in the Elisp manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6551 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6552
|
|
|
6553 ;;;***
|
|
|
6554
|
|
|
6555 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify) "informat" "packages/informat.el")
|
|
|
6556
|
|
|
6557 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
|
|
|
6558 Create or update Info-file tag table in current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
6559
|
|
|
6560 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
|
|
|
6561 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
|
|
|
6562 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
|
|
|
6563
|
|
|
6564 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
|
|
|
6565 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
|
|
|
6566 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
|
|
|
6567
|
|
|
6568 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
|
|
|
6569 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
|
|
|
6570 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
|
|
|
6571 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
|
|
|
6572
|
|
|
6573 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
|
|
|
6574 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
|
|
|
6575 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
|
|
|
6576
|
|
|
6577 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
|
|
|
6578 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
6579 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
6580 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
6581 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
|
|
|
6582
|
|
|
6583 ;;;***
|
|
|
6584
|
|
|
6585 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell ispell-help ispell-word) "ispell" "packages/ispell.el")
|
|
|
6586
|
|
|
6587 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
|
|
|
6588 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
|
|
|
6589 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
|
|
|
6590 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
|
|
|
6591
|
|
|
6592 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist-1 '((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex") ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z,ADV\dv_|(B]" "[^a-zA-Z,ADV\dv_|(B]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1") ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z,A@(B-,AEGH(B-,AOR(B-,AVY(B-,A\`(B-,Aegh(B-,Aoqr(B-,Avy(B-,A|(B]" "[^A-Za-z,A@(B-,AEGH(B-,AOR(B-,AVY(B-,A\`(B-,Aegh(B-,Aoqr(B-,Avy(B-,A|(B]" "[']" t ("-C") nil) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z,A@(B-,AEGH(B-,AOR(B-,AVY(B-,A\`(B-,Aegh(B-,Aoqr(B-,Avy(B-,A|(B]" "[^A-Za-z,A@(B-,AEGH(B-,AOR(B-,AVY(B-,A\`(B-,Aegh(B-,Aoqr(B-,Avy(B-,A|(B]" "[']" t ("-C") nil)))
|
|
|
6593
|
|
|
6594 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist-2 '(("svenska" "[A-Za-z}{|\\133\\135\\\\]" "[^A-Za-z}{|\\133\\135\\\\]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil) ("svenska8" "[A-Za-z,AedvEDv(B]" "[^A-Za-z,AedvEDv(B]" "[']" nil ("-C" "-d" "svenska") "~list") ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil) ("francais" "[A-Za-z,A@BFGHIJKNOTY[\`bghijknoty{|(B]" "[^A-Za-z,A@BFGHIJKNOTY[\`bghijknoty{|(B]" "[---']" t nil "~list") ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z,A@BFGHIJKNOTY[\`bghijknoty{|(B\\]" "[^A-Za-z,A@BFGHIJKNOTY[\`bghijknoty{|(B\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex") ("dansk" "[A-Z,AFXE(Ba-z,Afxe(B]" "[^A-Z,AFXE(Ba-z,Afxe(B]" "" nil ("-C") nil)))
|
|
|
6595
|
|
|
6596 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2) "\
|
|
|
6597 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
|
|
|
6598
|
|
|
6599 Each element of this list is also a list:
|
|
|
6600
|
|
|
6601 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
|
|
|
6602 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE)
|
|
|
6603
|
|
|
6604 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible value of variable `ispell-dictionary', nil
|
|
|
6605 means the default dictionary.
|
|
|
6606
|
|
|
6607 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
|
|
|
6608 word.
|
|
|
6609
|
|
|
6610 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
|
|
|
6611
|
|
|
6612 OTHERCHARS is a regular expression of other characters that are valid
|
|
|
6613 in word constructs. Otherchars cannot be adjacent to each other in a
|
|
|
6614 word, nor can they begin or end a word. This implies we can't check
|
|
|
6615 \"Stevens'\" as a correct possessive and other correct formations.
|
|
|
6616
|
|
|
6617 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
|
|
|
6618
|
|
|
6619 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil if many otherchars are to be allowed in a
|
|
|
6620 word instead of only one.
|
|
|
6621
|
|
|
6622 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
|
|
|
6623 subprocess.
|
|
|
6624
|
|
|
6625 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
|
|
|
6626 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
|
|
|
6627 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
|
|
|
6628 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
|
|
|
6629 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
|
|
|
6630 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
|
|
|
6631 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
|
|
|
6632 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
|
|
|
6633
|
|
|
6634 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
|
|
|
6635 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
|
|
|
6636 language.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
|
|
|
6637
|
|
|
6638 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
|
|
|
6639 Key map for ispell menu")
|
|
|
6640
|
|
|
6641 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
|
|
|
6642 Spelling menu for XEmacs.")
|
|
|
6643
|
|
|
6644 (defconst ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (string-lessp "19" emacs-version) (not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version))))
|
|
|
6645
|
|
|
6646 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) name) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) dicts (cdr dicts)) (if (stringp name) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name)) (list 'lambda nil '(interactive) (list 'ispell-change-dictionary name))))))))
|
|
|
6647
|
|
|
6648 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '("Change Dictionary" . ispell-change-dictionary)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '("Kill Process" . ispell-kill-ispell)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '("Save Dictionary" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '("Complete Word" . ispell-complete-word)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '("Complete Word Frag" . ispell-complete-word-interior-frag))))
|
|
|
6649
|
|
|
6650 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '("Continue Check" . ispell-continue)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '("Check Word" . ispell-word)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '("Check Region" . ispell-region)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '("Check Buffer" . ispell-buffer))))
|
|
|
6651
|
|
|
6652 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '("Check Message" . ispell-message)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '("Help" lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help))) (put 'ispell-region 'menu-enable 'mark-active) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
|
|
|
6653
|
|
|
6654 (defvar ispell-local-pdict ispell-personal-dictionary "\
|
|
|
6655 A buffer local variable containing the current personal dictionary.
|
|
|
6656 If non-nil, the value must be a string, which is a file name.
|
|
|
6657
|
|
|
6658 If you specify a personal dictionary for the current buffer which is
|
|
|
6659 different from the current personal dictionary, the effect is similar
|
|
|
6660 to calling \\[ispell-change-dictionary]. This variable is automatically
|
|
|
6661 set when defined in the file with either `ispell-pdict-keyword' or the
|
|
|
6662 local variable syntax.")
|
|
|
6663
|
|
|
6664 (define-key global-map [(meta ?\$)] 'ispell-word)
|
|
|
6665
|
|
|
6666 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6667 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
|
|
|
6668 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
|
|
|
6669 in a window allowing you to choose one.
|
|
|
6670
|
|
|
6671 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
|
|
|
6672 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
|
|
|
6673
|
|
|
6674 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
|
|
|
6675 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
|
|
|
6676 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
|
|
|
6677 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
|
|
|
6678 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
|
|
|
6679
|
|
|
6680 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
|
|
|
6681
|
|
|
6682 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
|
|
|
6683 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process." t nil)
|
|
|
6684
|
|
|
6685 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6686 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
|
|
|
6687
|
|
|
6688 Selections are:
|
|
|
6689
|
|
|
6690 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
|
|
|
6691 SPC: Accept word this time.
|
|
|
6692 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
|
|
|
6693 `a': Accept word for this session.
|
|
|
6694 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
|
|
|
6695 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
|
|
|
6696 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
|
|
|
6697 `?': Show these commands.
|
|
|
6698 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
|
|
|
6699 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
|
|
|
6700 the aborted check to be completed later.
|
|
|
6701 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
|
|
|
6702 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
|
|
|
6703 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
|
|
|
6704 `m': Like `i', but allows one to include dictionary completion information.
|
|
|
6705 `C-l': redraws screen
|
|
|
6706 `C-r': recursive edit
|
|
|
6707 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
|
|
|
6708
|
|
|
6709 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6710 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
|
|
|
6711 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
|
|
|
6712
|
|
|
6713 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6714 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) and kill old Ispell process.
|
|
|
6715 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
|
|
|
6716
|
|
|
6717 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
|
|
|
6718
|
|
|
6719 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
|
|
|
6720
|
|
|
6721 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6722 Interactively check a region for spelling errors." t nil)
|
|
|
6723
|
|
|
6724 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6725 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
|
|
|
6726
|
|
|
6727 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6728
|
|
|
6729 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6730 Look up word before or under point in dictionary (see lookup-words command)
|
|
|
6731 and try to complete it. If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word
|
|
|
6732 may be a character sequence inside of a word.
|
|
|
6733
|
|
|
6734 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
|
|
|
6735
|
|
|
6736 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6737 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
|
|
|
6738
|
|
|
6739 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6740 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
|
|
|
6741 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
|
|
|
6742
|
|
|
6743 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
|
|
|
6744 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled." t nil)
|
|
|
6745
|
|
|
6746 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6747 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
|
|
|
6748 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
|
|
|
6749 Don't check included messages.
|
|
|
6750
|
|
|
6751 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
|
|
|
6752 use the `x' or `q' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
|
|
|
6753 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
|
|
|
6754
|
|
|
6755 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
|
|
|
6756 in your .emacs file:
|
|
|
6757 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
6758 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
6759 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
6760
|
|
|
6761 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
|
|
|
6762 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
|
|
|
6763 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
|
|
|
6764
|
|
|
6765 ;;;***
|
|
|
6766
|
|
|
6767 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-install toggle-auto-compression jka-compr-load) "jka-compr" "packages/jka-compr.el")
|
|
|
6768
|
|
|
6769 (autoload 'jka-compr-load "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
6770 Documented as original." nil nil)
|
|
|
6771
|
|
|
6772 (autoload 'toggle-auto-compression "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
6773 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
|
|
|
6774 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
|
|
|
6775 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
|
|
|
6776 If the argument MESSAGE is non-nil, it means to print a message
|
|
|
6777 saying whether the mode is now on or off." t nil)
|
|
|
6778
|
|
|
6779 (autoload 'jka-compr-install "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
6780 Install jka-compr.
|
|
|
6781 This adds entries to `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
|
|
|
6782 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes'." nil nil)
|
|
|
6783
|
|
|
6784 ;;;***
|
|
|
6785
|
|
|
6786 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "packages/lazy-lock.el")
|
|
|
6787
|
|
|
6788 (defvar lazy-lock-mode nil)
|
|
|
6789
|
|
|
6790 (autoload 'lazy-lock-mode "lazy-lock" "\
|
|
|
6791 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
|
|
|
6792 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
|
|
|
6793 is at least `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters long.
|
|
|
6794
|
|
|
6795 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification is demand-driven and stealthy:
|
|
|
6796
|
|
|
6797 - Fontification occurs in visible parts of buffers when necessary.
|
|
|
6798 Occurs if there is no input after pausing for `lazy-lock-continuity-time'.
|
|
|
6799
|
|
|
6800 - Fontification occurs in invisible parts when Emacs has been idle.
|
|
|
6801 Occurs if there is no input after pausing for `lazy-lock-stealth-time'.
|
|
|
6802
|
|
|
6803 If `lazy-lock-hide-invisible' is non-nil, text is not displayed until it is
|
|
|
6804 fontified, otherwise it is displayed in `lazy-lock-invisible-foreground'.
|
|
|
6805
|
|
|
6806 See also variables `lazy-lock-walk-windows' and `lazy-lock-ignore-commands' for
|
|
|
6807 window (scroll) fontification, and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines',
|
|
|
6808 `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose' for stealth
|
|
|
6809 fontification.
|
|
|
6810
|
|
|
6811 Use \\[lazy-lock-submit-bug-report] to send bug reports or feedback." t nil)
|
|
|
6812
|
|
|
6813 (autoload 'turn-on-lazy-lock "lazy-lock" "\
|
|
|
6814 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6815
|
|
|
6816 (add-minor-mode 'lazy-lock-mode " Lazy")
|
|
|
6817
|
|
|
6818 ;;;***
|
|
|
6819
|
|
|
6820 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "packages/ledit.el")
|
|
|
6821
|
|
|
6822 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
|
|
|
6823 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
|
|
|
6824
|
|
|
6825 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
|
|
|
6826 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
|
|
|
6827
|
|
|
6828 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
|
|
|
6829 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
|
|
|
6830
|
|
|
6831 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
|
|
|
6832 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
|
|
|
6833 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
|
|
|
6834 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
|
|
|
6835 for later transmission to Lisp job.
|
|
|
6836 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
|
|
|
6837 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
|
|
|
6838 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
|
|
|
6839 and transmit saved text.
|
|
|
6840 \\{ledit-mode-map}
|
|
|
6841 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
|
|
|
6842 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
|
|
|
6843
|
|
|
6844 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6845
|
|
|
6846 ;;;***
|
|
|
6847
|
|
|
6848 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer) "lpr" "packages/lpr.el")
|
|
|
6849
|
|
|
6850 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
|
|
|
6851 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
|
|
|
6852 See `lpr-command'.")
|
|
|
6853
|
|
|
6854 (defvar lpr-command (if (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix)) "lp" "lpr") "\
|
|
|
6855 *Name of program for printing a file.")
|
|
|
6856
|
|
|
6857 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
|
|
|
6858 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
|
|
|
6859 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
6860
|
|
|
6861 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
|
|
|
6862 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
|
|
|
6863 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
6864
|
|
|
6865 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
|
|
|
6866 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
|
|
|
6867 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
6868
|
|
|
6869 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
|
|
|
6870 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
|
|
|
6871 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
6872
|
|
|
6873 ;;;***
|
|
|
6874
|
|
|
6875 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "packages/makesum.el")
|
|
|
6876
|
|
|
6877 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
|
|
|
6878 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
|
|
|
6879 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
|
|
|
6880
|
|
|
6881 ;;;***
|
|
|
6882
|
|
|
6883 ;;;### (autoloads (manual-entry) "man" "packages/man.el")
|
|
|
6884
|
|
|
6885 (autoload 'manual-entry "man" "\
|
|
|
6886 Display the Unix manual entry (or entries) for TOPIC.
|
|
|
6887 If prefix arg is given, modify the search according to the value:
|
|
|
6888 2 = complement default exact matching of the TOPIC name;
|
|
|
6889 exact matching default is specified by `Manual-match-topic-exactly'
|
|
|
6890 3 = force a search of the unformatted man directories
|
|
|
6891 4 = both 2 and 3
|
|
|
6892 The manual entries are searched according to the variable
|
|
|
6893 Manual-directory-list, which should be a list of directories. If
|
|
|
6894 Manual-directory-list is nil, \\[Manual-directory-list-init] is
|
|
|
6895 invoked to create this list from the MANPATH environment variable.
|
|
|
6896 See the variable Manual-topic-buffer which controls how the buffer
|
|
|
6897 is named. See also the variables Manual-match-topic-exactly,
|
|
|
6898 Manual-query-multiple-pages, and Manual-buffer-view-mode." t nil)
|
|
|
6899
|
|
|
6900 ;;;***
|
|
|
6901
|
|
|
6902 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "packages/metamail.el")
|
|
|
6903
|
|
|
6904 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
|
|
|
6905 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
|
|
|
6906 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
|
|
|
6907
|
|
|
6908 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
|
|
|
6909 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
|
|
|
6910 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
6911 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
6912 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
6913 redisplayed as output is inserted.
|
|
|
6914 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
|
|
|
6915
|
|
|
6916 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
|
|
|
6917 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
|
|
|
6918 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
6919 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
6920 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
|
|
|
6921 means current).
|
|
|
6922 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
6923 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
|
|
|
6924
|
|
|
6925 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
|
|
|
6926 Process current region through 'metamail'.
|
|
|
6927 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
6928 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
6929 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
|
|
|
6930 means current).
|
|
|
6931 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
6932 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
|
|
|
6933
|
|
|
6934 ;;;***
|
|
|
6935
|
|
|
6936 ;;;### (autoloads (blink-paren paren-set-mode) "paren" "packages/paren.el")
|
|
|
6937
|
|
|
6938 (defvar paren-mode nil "\
|
|
|
6939 *Sets the style of parenthesis highlighting.
|
|
|
6940 Valid values are nil, `blink-paren', `paren', and `sexp'.
|
|
|
6941 nil no parenthesis highlighting.
|
|
|
6942 blink-paren causes the matching paren to blink.
|
|
|
6943 paren causes the matching paren to be highlighted but not to blink.
|
|
|
6944 sexp whole expression enclosed by the local paren at its mate.
|
|
|
6945 nested (not yet implemented) use variable shading to see the
|
|
|
6946 nesting of an expression. Also groks regular expressions
|
|
|
6947 and shell quoting.
|
|
|
6948
|
|
|
6949 This variable is global by default, but you can make it buffer-local and
|
|
|
6950 highlight parentheses differrently in different major modes.")
|
|
|
6951
|
|
|
6952 (autoload 'paren-set-mode "paren" "\
|
|
|
6953 Cycles through possible values for `paren-mode', force off with negative arg.
|
|
|
6954 When called from lisp, a symbolic value for `paren-mode' can be pased directly.
|
|
|
6955 See also `paren-mode' and `paren-highlight'." t nil)
|
|
|
6956
|
|
|
6957 (make-obsolete 'blink-paren 'paren-set-mode)
|
|
|
6958
|
|
|
6959 (autoload 'blink-paren "paren" "\
|
|
|
6960 Obsolete. Use `paren-set-mode' instead." t nil)
|
|
|
6961
|
|
|
6962 ;;;***
|
|
|
6963
|
|
|
6964 ;;;### (autoloads (pending-delete pending-delete-off pending-delete-on) "pending-del" "packages/pending-del.el")
|
|
|
6965
|
|
|
6966 (autoload 'pending-delete-on "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
6967 Turn on pending delete.
|
|
|
6968 When it is ON, typed text replaces the selection if the selection is active.
|
|
|
6969 When it is OFF, typed text is just inserted at point." t nil)
|
|
|
6970
|
|
|
6971 (autoload 'pending-delete-off "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
6972 Turn off pending delete.
|
|
|
6973 When it is ON, typed text replaces the selection if the selection is active.
|
|
|
6974 When it is OFF, typed text is just inserted at point." t nil)
|
|
|
6975
|
|
|
6976 (autoload 'pending-delete "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
6977 Toggle automatic deletion of the selected region.
|
|
|
6978 With a positive argument, turns it on.
|
|
|
6979 With a non-positive argument, turns it off.
|
|
|
6980 When active, typed text replaces the selection." t nil)
|
|
|
6981
|
|
|
6982 ;;;***
|
|
|
6983
|
|
|
6984 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "packages/ps-print.el")
|
|
|
6985
|
|
|
6986 (defvar ps-paper-type 'ps-letter "\
|
|
|
6987 *Specifies the size of paper to format for. Should be one of
|
|
|
6988 `ps-letter', `ps-legal', or `ps-a4'.")
|
|
|
6989
|
|
|
6990 (defvar ps-print-color-p (and (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) (fboundp 'float)) "\
|
|
|
6991 *If non-nil, print the buffer's text in color.")
|
|
|
6992
|
|
|
6993 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
6994 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
6995
|
|
|
6996 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
|
|
|
6997 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
|
|
|
6998 it to the printer.
|
|
|
6999
|
|
|
7000 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
|
|
|
7001 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
|
|
|
7002 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
|
|
|
7003 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
|
|
|
7004
|
|
|
7005 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7006 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7007 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7008 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7009 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
|
|
|
7010
|
|
|
7011 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7012 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
|
|
|
7013 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
|
|
|
7014
|
|
|
7015 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7016 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
|
|
|
7017 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7018 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7019 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
|
|
|
7020
|
|
|
7021 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7022 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7023 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
|
|
|
7024 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
|
|
|
7025
|
|
|
7026 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7027
|
|
|
7028 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7029 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7030 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7031 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7032 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
|
|
|
7033
|
|
|
7034 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7035
|
|
|
7036 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7037 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
|
|
|
7038 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
|
|
|
7039
|
|
|
7040 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7041
|
|
|
7042 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7043 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
|
|
|
7044 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7045 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7046 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
|
|
|
7047
|
|
|
7048 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7049
|
|
|
7050 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7051 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
|
|
|
7052
|
|
|
7053 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompt the user for
|
|
|
7054 the name of a file to save the spooled PostScript in, instead of sending
|
|
|
7055 it to the printer.
|
|
|
7056
|
|
|
7057 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
|
|
|
7058 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
|
|
|
7059 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
|
|
|
7060 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
|
|
|
7061
|
|
|
7062 ;;;***
|
|
|
7063
|
|
|
7064 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "packages/rcompile.el")
|
|
|
7065
|
|
|
7066 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
|
|
|
7067 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
|
|
|
7068 See \\[compile]." t nil)
|
|
|
7069
|
|
|
7070 ;;;***
|
|
|
7071
|
|
|
7072 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "packages/resume.el")
|
|
|
7073
|
|
|
7074 (autoload 'resume-suspend-hook "resume" "\
|
|
|
7075 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
|
|
|
7076
|
|
|
7077 ;;;***
|
|
|
7078
|
|
|
7079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "packages/server.el")
|
|
|
7080
|
|
|
7081 (make-obsolete 'server-start 'gnuserv-start)
|
|
|
7082
|
|
|
7083 ;;;***
|
|
|
7084
|
|
|
7085 ;;;### (autoloads (install-shell-fonts) "shell-font" "packages/shell-font.el")
|
|
|
7086
|
|
|
7087 (autoload 'install-shell-fonts "shell-font" "\
|
|
|
7088 Decorate the current interaction buffer with fonts.
|
|
|
7089 This uses the faces called `shell-prompt', `shell-input' and `shell-output';
|
|
|
7090 you can alter the graphical attributes of those with the normal
|
|
|
7091 face-manipulation functions." nil nil)
|
|
|
7092
|
|
|
7093 ;;;***
|
|
|
7094
|
|
|
7095 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer) "spell" "packages/spell.el")
|
|
|
7096
|
|
|
7097 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
7098
|
|
|
7099 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
|
|
|
7100 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
|
|
|
7101 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
|
|
|
7102 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
|
|
|
7103 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
|
|
|
7104 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
|
|
|
7105
|
|
|
7106 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
|
|
|
7107 Check spelling of word at or before point.
|
|
|
7108 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
|
|
|
7109 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
|
|
|
7110
|
|
|
7111 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
|
|
|
7112 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
|
|
|
7113 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
|
|
|
7114 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
|
|
|
7115 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
|
|
|
7116
|
|
|
7117 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
|
|
|
7118 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
|
|
|
7119
|
|
|
7120 ;;;***
|
|
|
7121
|
|
|
7122 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "packages/tar-mode.el")
|
|
|
7123
|
|
|
7124 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
|
|
|
7125 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
|
|
|
7126 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
|
|
|
7127 Letters no longer insert themselves.
|
|
|
7128 Type 'e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer.
|
|
|
7129 Type 'c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
|
|
|
7130
|
|
|
7131 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the 'e' command) and
|
|
|
7132 save it with Control-X Control-S, the contents of that buffer will be
|
|
|
7133 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
|
|
|
7134 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
|
|
|
7135
|
|
|
7136 See also: variables tar-update-datestamp and tar-anal-blocksize.
|
|
|
7137 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
|
|
|
7138
|
|
|
7139 ;;;***
|
|
|
7140
|
|
|
7141 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "packages/terminal.el")
|
|
|
7142
|
|
|
7143 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
|
|
|
7144 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
|
|
|
7145 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
|
|
|
7146 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
|
|
|
7147 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
|
|
|
7148 program an keyboard input.
|
|
|
7149
|
|
|
7150 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
|
|
|
7151 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
|
|
|
7152 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
|
|
|
7153 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
|
|
|
7154
|
|
|
7155 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
|
|
|
7156 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
|
|
|
7157 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
|
|
|
7158 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
|
|
|
7159 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
|
|
|
7160
|
|
|
7161 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
|
|
|
7162
|
|
|
7163 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
|
|
|
7164 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
|
|
|
7165 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
|
|
|
7166 terminal-redisplay-interval.
|
|
|
7167
|
|
|
7168 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
|
|
|
7169 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
|
|
|
7170 subprocess started.
|
|
|
7171
|
|
|
7172 Presently with `termcap' only; if somebody sends us code to make this
|
|
|
7173 work with `terminfo' we will try to use it." t nil)
|
|
|
7174
|
|
|
7175 ;;;***
|
|
|
7176
|
|
|
7177 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-texinfo-format texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "packages/texinfmt.el")
|
|
|
7178
|
|
|
7179 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7180 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
|
|
|
7181 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
|
|
|
7182 names specified in the @setfilename command.
|
|
|
7183
|
|
|
7184 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
|
|
|
7185 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
|
|
|
7186 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
|
|
|
7187
|
|
|
7188 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7189 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
|
|
|
7190 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
|
|
|
7191 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
|
|
|
7192 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7193
|
|
|
7194 (autoload 'batch-texinfo-format "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7195 Runs texinfo-format-buffer on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
7196 Must be used only with -batch, and kills emacs on completion.
|
|
|
7197 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
7198 For example, invoke
|
|
|
7199 \"emacs -batch -funcall batch-texinfo-format $docs/ ~/*.texinfo\"." nil nil)
|
|
|
7200
|
|
|
7201 ;;;***
|
|
|
7202
|
|
|
7203 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "packages/texnfo-upd.el")
|
|
|
7204
|
|
|
7205 (autoload 'texinfo-update-node "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7206 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
|
|
|
7207 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
|
|
|
7208 marked region.
|
|
|
7209
|
|
|
7210 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
|
|
|
7211 keybindings, are:
|
|
|
7212
|
|
|
7213 texinfo-update-node (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-update-node]
|
|
|
7214 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
|
|
|
7215 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
|
|
|
7216
|
|
|
7217 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
|
|
|
7218 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
|
|
|
7219 texinfo-master-menu ()
|
|
|
7220
|
|
|
7221 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
|
|
|
7222
|
|
|
7223 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
|
|
|
7224 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
|
|
|
7225
|
|
|
7226 (autoload 'texinfo-every-node-update "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7227 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
|
|
|
7228
|
|
|
7229 (autoload 'texinfo-sequential-node-update "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7230 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
|
|
|
7231
|
|
|
7232 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
|
|
|
7233 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
|
|
|
7234 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
|
|
|
7235 `p' takes you straight through the file.
|
|
|
7236
|
|
|
7237 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
|
|
|
7238 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
|
|
|
7239 marked region.
|
|
|
7240
|
|
|
7241 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
|
|
|
7242 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
|
|
|
7243 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
|
|
|
7244 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
|
|
|
7245
|
|
|
7246 ;;;***
|
|
|
7247
|
|
|
7248 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp" "packages/time-stamp.el")
|
|
|
7249
|
|
|
7250 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
|
|
|
7251 Update the time stamp string in the buffer.
|
|
|
7252 If you put a time stamp template anywhere in the first 8 lines of a file,
|
|
|
7253 it can be updated every time you save the file. See the top of
|
|
|
7254 `time-stamp.el' for a sample. The template looks like one of the following:
|
|
|
7255 Time-stamp: <>
|
|
|
7256 Time-stamp: \" \"
|
|
|
7257 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes, resulting in
|
|
|
7258 Time-stamp: <95/01/18 10:20:51 gildea>
|
|
|
7259 Only does its thing if the variable time-stamp-active is non-nil.
|
|
|
7260 Typically used on write-file-hooks for automatic time-stamping.
|
|
|
7261 The format of the time stamp is determined by the variable time-stamp-format.
|
|
|
7262 The variables time-stamp-line-limit, time-stamp-start, and time-stamp-end
|
|
|
7263 control finding the template." t nil)
|
|
|
7264
|
|
|
7265 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
|
|
|
7266 Toggle time-stamp-active, setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
|
|
|
7267 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
7268
|
|
|
7269 ;;;***
|
|
|
7270
|
|
|
7271 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time) "time" "packages/time.el")
|
|
|
7272
|
|
|
7273 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
|
|
|
7274 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
|
|
|
7275
|
|
|
7276 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
|
|
|
7277 Display current time, load level, and mail flag in mode line of each buffer.
|
|
|
7278 Updates automatically every minute.
|
|
|
7279 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
|
|
|
7280 are displayed as well.
|
|
|
7281 After each update, `display-time-hook' is run with `run-hooks'.
|
|
|
7282 If `display-time-echo-area' is non-nil, the time is displayed in the
|
|
|
7283 echo area instead of in the mode-line." t nil)
|
|
|
7284
|
|
|
7285 ;;;***
|
|
|
7286
|
|
|
7287 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-and-unoverstrike-region overstrike-region unoverstrike-region ununderline-region underline-region) "underline" "packages/underline.el")
|
|
|
7288
|
|
|
7289 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7290 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
|
|
|
7291 Works by overstriking underscores.
|
|
|
7292 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
7293 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7294
|
|
|
7295 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7296 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
|
|
|
7297 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
7298 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7299
|
|
|
7300 (autoload 'unoverstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7301 Remove all overstriking (character-backspace-character) in the region.
|
|
|
7302 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END which specify the
|
|
|
7303 range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7304
|
|
|
7305 (autoload 'overstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7306 Overstrike (character-backspace-character) all nonblank characters in
|
|
|
7307 the region. Called from program, takes two arguments START and END which
|
|
|
7308 specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7309
|
|
|
7310 (autoload 'ununderline-and-unoverstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7311 Remove underlining and overstriking in the region. Called from a program,
|
|
|
7312 takes two arguments START and END which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7313
|
|
|
7314 ;;;***
|
|
|
7315
|
|
|
7316 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-to-update-copyright update-copyright) "upd-copyr" "packages/upd-copyr.el")
|
|
|
7317
|
|
|
7318 (defvar copyright-do-not-disturb "Free Software Foundation, Inc." "\
|
|
|
7319 *If non-nil, the existing copyright holder is checked against this regexp.
|
|
|
7320 If it does not match, then a new copyright line is added with the copyright
|
|
|
7321 holder set to the value of `copyright-whoami'.")
|
|
|
7322
|
|
|
7323 (defvar copyright-whoami nil "\
|
|
|
7324 *A string containing the name of the owner of new copyright notices.")
|
|
|
7325
|
|
|
7326 (defvar copyright-notice-file nil "\
|
|
|
7327 *If non-nil, replace copying notices with this file.")
|
|
|
7328
|
|
|
7329 (autoload 'update-copyright "upd-copyr" "\
|
|
|
7330 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer
|
|
|
7331 to indicate the current year. If optional arg REPLACE is given
|
|
|
7332 \(interactively, with prefix arg) replace the years in the notice
|
|
|
7333 rather than adding the current year after them.
|
|
|
7334 If `copyright-notice-file' is set, the copying permissions following the
|
|
|
7335 copyright are replaced as well.
|
|
|
7336
|
|
|
7337 If optional third argument ASK is non-nil, the user is prompted for whether
|
|
|
7338 or not to update the copyright. If optional fourth argument ASK-YEAR is
|
|
|
7339 non-nil, the user is prompted for whether or not to replace the year rather
|
|
|
7340 than adding to it." t nil)
|
|
|
7341
|
|
|
7342 (autoload 'ask-to-update-copyright "upd-copyr" "\
|
|
|
7343 If the current buffer contains a copyright notice that is out of date,
|
|
|
7344 ask the user if it should be updated with `update-copyright' (which see).
|
|
|
7345 Put this on write-file-hooks." nil nil)
|
|
|
7346
|
|
|
7347 ;;;***
|
|
|
7348
|
|
|
7349 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-update-change-log vc-rename-this-file vc-rename-file vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-version-diff vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-file-status) "vc" "packages/vc.el")
|
|
|
7350
|
|
|
7351 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
|
|
|
7352 *List of functions called after a checkin is done. See `run-hooks'.")
|
|
|
7353
|
|
|
7354 (autoload 'vc-file-status "vc" "\
|
|
|
7355 Display the current status of the file being visited.
|
|
|
7356 Currently, this is only defined for CVS. The information provided in the
|
|
|
7357 modeline is generally sufficient for RCS and SCCS." t nil)
|
|
|
7358
|
|
|
7359 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
|
|
|
7360 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
|
|
|
7361
|
|
|
7362 For RCS and SCCS files:
|
|
|
7363 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
|
|
|
7364 control and then retrieves a writable, locked copy for editing.
|
|
|
7365 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
|
|
|
7366 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
|
|
|
7367 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
|
|
|
7368 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
|
|
|
7369 it performs a revert.
|
|
|
7370 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
|
|
|
7371 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
|
|
|
7372 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
|
|
|
7373 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
|
|
|
7374 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
|
|
|
7375 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
|
|
|
7376 the option to steal the lock.
|
|
|
7377
|
|
|
7378 For CVS files:
|
|
|
7379 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
|
|
|
7380 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
|
|
|
7381 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
|
|
|
7382 If the file has not been changed, neither in your working area or
|
|
|
7383 in the repository, a message is printed and nothing is done.
|
|
|
7384 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
|
|
|
7385 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
|
|
|
7386 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
|
|
|
7387 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
|
|
|
7388 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
|
|
|
7389 merge in the changes into your working copy.
|
|
|
7390
|
|
|
7391 The following is true regardless of which version control system you
|
|
|
7392 are using:
|
|
|
7393
|
|
|
7394 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
|
|
|
7395 it will operate on the file in the current line.
|
|
|
7396 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
|
|
|
7397 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
|
|
|
7398 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
|
|
|
7399 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
|
|
|
7400 lock steals will raise an error.
|
|
|
7401
|
|
|
7402 For checkin, a prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use." t nil)
|
|
|
7403
|
|
|
7404 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
|
|
|
7405 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
|
|
|
7406
|
|
|
7407 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
|
|
|
7408 Display diffs between file versions.
|
|
|
7409 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
|
|
|
7410 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
|
|
|
7411 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
|
|
|
7412 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
|
|
|
7413
|
|
|
7414 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
|
|
|
7415 For FILE, report diffs between two stored versions REL1 and REL2 of it.
|
|
|
7416 If FILE is a directory, generate diffs between versions for all registered
|
|
|
7417 files in or below it." t nil)
|
|
|
7418
|
|
|
7419 (autoload 'vc-version-other-window "vc" "\
|
|
|
7420 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
|
|
|
7421 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
|
|
|
7422 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
|
|
|
7423
|
|
|
7424 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
|
|
|
7425 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
|
|
|
7426 Headers desired are inserted at the start of the buffer, and are pulled from
|
|
|
7427 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
7428
|
|
|
7429 (autoload 'vc-directory "vc" "\
|
|
|
7430 Show version-control status of all files in the directory DIR.
|
|
|
7431 If the second argument VERBOSE is non-nil, show all files;
|
|
|
7432 otherwise show only files that current locked in the version control system.
|
|
|
7433 Interactively, supply a prefix arg to make VERBOSE non-nil.
|
|
|
7434
|
|
|
7435 If the optional third argument NESTED is non-nil,
|
|
|
7436 scan the entire tree of subdirectories of the current directory." t nil)
|
|
|
7437
|
|
|
7438 (autoload 'vc-create-snapshot "vc" "\
|
|
|
7439 Make a snapshot called NAME.
|
|
|
7440 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
|
|
|
7441 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
|
|
|
7442 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
|
|
|
7443
|
|
|
7444 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-snapshot "vc" "\
|
|
|
7445 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
|
|
|
7446 This function fails if any files are locked at or below the current directory
|
|
|
7447 Otherwise, all registered files are checked out (unlocked) at their version
|
|
|
7448 levels in the snapshot." t nil)
|
|
|
7449
|
|
|
7450 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
|
|
|
7451 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
|
|
|
7452
|
|
|
7453 (autoload 'vc-revert-buffer "vc" "\
|
|
|
7454 Revert the current buffer's file back to the latest checked-in version.
|
|
|
7455 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
|
|
|
7456 to that version.
|
|
|
7457 If the back-end is CVS, this will give you the most recent revision of
|
|
|
7458 the file on the branch you are editing." t nil)
|
|
|
7459
|
|
|
7460 (autoload 'vc-cancel-version "vc" "\
|
|
|
7461 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
|
|
|
7462 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
|
|
|
7463
|
|
|
7464 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
|
|
|
7465 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
|
|
|
7466
|
|
|
7467 (autoload 'vc-rename-this-file "vc" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7468
|
|
|
7469 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
|
|
|
7470 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS logs.
|
|
|
7471 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
|
|
|
7472 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
|
|
|
7473 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all files currently visited.
|
|
|
7474 Otherwise, find log entries for all registered files in the default directory.
|
|
|
7475 From a program, any arguments are passed to the `rcs2log' script." t nil)
|
|
|
7476
|
|
|
7477 ;;;***
|
|
|
7478
|
|
|
7479 ;;;### (autoloads (webster-spell webster-endings webster) "webster" "packages/webster.el")
|
|
|
7480
|
|
|
7481 (autoload 'webster "webster" "\
|
|
|
7482 Look up a word in the Webster's dictionary.
|
|
|
7483 Open a network login connection to a webster host if necessary.
|
|
|
7484 Communication with host is recorded in a buffer *webster*." t nil)
|
|
|
7485
|
|
|
7486 (autoload 'webster-endings "webster" "\
|
|
|
7487 Look up endings for a word in the Webster's dictionary.
|
|
|
7488 Open a network login connection to a webster host if necessary.
|
|
|
7489 Communication with host is recorded in a buffer *webster*." t nil)
|
|
|
7490
|
|
|
7491 (autoload 'webster-spell "webster" "\
|
|
|
7492 Look spelling for a word in the Webster's dictionary.
|
|
|
7493 Open a network login connection to a webster host if necessary.
|
|
|
7494 Communication with host is recorded in a buffer *webster*." t nil)
|
|
|
7495
|
|
|
7496 ;;;***
|
|
|
7497
|
|
|
7498 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "xscheme" "packages/xscheme.el")
|
|
|
7499
|
|
|
7500 (defvar scheme-program-name "scheme" "\
|
|
|
7501 *Program invoked by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7502
|
|
|
7503 (defvar scheme-band-name nil "\
|
|
|
7504 *Band loaded by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7505
|
|
|
7506 (defvar scheme-program-arguments nil "\
|
|
|
7507 *Arguments passed to the Scheme program by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7508
|
|
|
7509 (autoload 'run-scheme "xscheme" "\
|
|
|
7510 Run an inferior Scheme process.
|
|
|
7511 Output goes to the buffer `*scheme*'.
|
|
|
7512 With argument, asks for a command line." t nil)
|
|
|
7513
|
|
|
7514 ;;;***
|
|
|
7515
|
|
|
7516 ;;;### (autoloads (pcl-cvs-fontify) "pcl-cvs-xemacs" "pcl-cvs/pcl-cvs-xemacs.el")
|
|
|
7517
|
|
|
7518 (autoload 'pcl-cvs-fontify "pcl-cvs-xemacs" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7519
|
|
|
7520 ;;;***
|
|
|
7521
|
|
|
7522 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-update-other-window cvs-update) "pcl-cvs" "pcl-cvs/pcl-cvs.el")
|
|
|
7523
|
|
|
7524 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcl-cvs" "\
|
|
|
7525 Run a 'cvs update' in the current working directory. Feed the
|
|
|
7526 output to a *cvs* buffer and run cvs-mode on it.
|
|
|
7527 If optional prefix argument LOCAL is non-nil, 'cvs update -l' is run." t nil)
|
|
|
7528
|
|
|
7529 (autoload 'cvs-update-other-window "pcl-cvs" "\
|
|
|
7530 Run a 'cvs update' in the current working directory. Feed the
|
|
|
7531 output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the other window, and run
|
|
|
7532 cvs-mode on it.
|
|
|
7533
|
|
|
7534 If optional prefix argument LOCAL is non-nil, 'cvs update -l' is run." t nil)
|
|
|
7535
|
|
|
7536 ;;;***
|
|
|
7537
|
|
|
7538 ;;;### (autoloads (about-xemacs) "about" "prim/about.el")
|
|
|
7539
|
|
|
7540 (autoload 'about-xemacs "about" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7541
|
|
|
7542 ;;;***
|
|
|
7543
|
|
|
7544 ;;;### (autoloads (all-hail-emacs all-hail-xemacs praise-be-unto-emacs praise-be-unto-xemacs) "advocacy" "prim/advocacy.el")
|
|
|
7545
|
|
|
7546 (defvar xemacs-praise-sound-file "sounds/im_so_happy.au" "\
|
|
|
7547 The name of an audio file containing something to play
|
|
|
7548 when praising XEmacs")
|
|
|
7549
|
|
|
7550 (defvar xemacs-praise-message "All Hail XEmacs!\n" "\
|
|
|
7551 What to praise XEmacs with")
|
|
|
7552
|
|
|
7553 (autoload 'praise-be-unto-xemacs "advocacy" "\
|
|
|
7554 All Hail XEmacs!" t nil)
|
|
|
7555
|
|
|
7556 (autoload 'praise-be-unto-emacs "advocacy" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7557
|
|
|
7558 (autoload 'all-hail-xemacs "advocacy" "\
|
|
|
7559 All Hail XEmacs!" t nil)
|
|
|
7560
|
|
|
7561 (autoload 'all-hail-emacs "advocacy" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7562
|
|
|
7563 ;;;***
|
|
|
7564
|
|
|
7565 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-buffer-case-table) "case-table" "prim/case-table.el")
|
|
|
7566
|
|
|
7567 (autoload 'describe-buffer-case-table "case-table" "\
|
|
|
7568 Describe the case table of the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7569
|
|
|
7570 ;;;***
|
|
|
7571
|
|
|
7572 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug" "prim/debug.el")
|
|
|
7573
|
|
|
7574 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
|
|
|
7575 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
|
|
|
7576 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
|
|
|
7577 of the evaluator.
|
|
|
7578
|
|
|
7579 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
|
|
|
7580 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
|
|
|
7581 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7582
|
|
|
7583 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
|
|
|
7584 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
|
|
|
7585 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
|
|
|
7586 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
|
|
|
7587 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
|
|
|
7588 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
|
|
|
7589 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
|
|
|
7590
|
|
|
7591 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
|
|
|
7592 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
|
|
|
7593 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
|
|
|
7594
|
|
|
7595 ;;;***
|
|
|
7596
|
|
|
7597 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default standard-display-8bit make-display-table describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "prim/disp-table.el")
|
|
|
7598
|
|
|
7599 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7600 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7601
|
|
|
7602 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7603 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
|
|
|
7604
|
|
|
7605 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7606 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
|
|
|
7607
|
|
|
7608 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7609 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
|
|
|
7610
|
|
|
7611 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7612 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
|
|
|
7613
|
|
|
7614 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7615 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
|
|
|
7616 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
|
|
|
7617 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
|
|
|
7618
|
|
|
7619 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7620 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
|
|
|
7621 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
|
|
|
7622 X frame." nil nil)
|
|
|
7623
|
|
|
7624 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7625 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
|
|
|
7626
|
|
|
7627 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7628 Toggle display of European characters encoded with ISO 8859.
|
|
|
7629 When enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255 display not
|
|
|
7630 as octal escapes, but as accented characters.
|
|
|
7631 With prefix argument, enable European character display iff arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
7632
|
|
|
7633 ;;;***
|
|
|
7634
|
|
|
7635 ;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "prim/env.el")
|
|
|
7636
|
|
|
7637 (autoload 'setenv "env" "\
|
|
|
7638 Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE.
|
|
|
7639 VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is
|
|
|
7640 `nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed.
|
|
|
7641
|
|
|
7642 Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable.
|
|
|
7643 Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable
|
|
|
7644 appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value.
|
|
|
7645
|
|
|
7646 This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil)
|
|
|
7647
|
|
|
7648 ;;;***
|
|
|
7649
|
|
|
7650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "itimer" "prim/itimer.el")
|
|
|
7651
|
|
|
7652 ;;;***
|
|
|
7653
|
|
|
7654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loaddefs" "prim/loaddefs.el")
|
|
|
7655
|
|
|
7656 ;;;***
|
|
|
7657
|
|
|
7658 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "prim/macros.el")
|
|
|
7659
|
|
|
7660 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
|
|
|
7661 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
|
|
|
7662 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
|
|
|
7663 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
|
|
|
7664 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid
|
|
|
7665 editor command." t nil)
|
|
|
7666
|
|
|
7667 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
|
|
|
7668 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
|
|
|
7669 Optional second argument KEYS means also record the keys it is on
|
|
|
7670 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
|
|
|
7671
|
|
|
7672 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the
|
|
|
7673 same definition it has now. If you say to record the keys,
|
|
|
7674 the Lisp code will also rebind those keys to the macro.
|
|
|
7675 Only global key bindings are recorded since executing this Lisp code
|
|
|
7676 always makes global bindings.
|
|
|
7677
|
|
|
7678 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
|
|
|
7679 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
|
|
|
7680
|
|
|
7681 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
|
|
|
7682 Query user during kbd macro execution.
|
|
|
7683 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit,
|
|
|
7684 reading keyboard commands even within a kbd macro.
|
|
|
7685 You can give different commands each time the macro executes.
|
|
|
7686 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
|
|
|
7687 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
|
|
|
7688 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
|
|
|
7689 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
|
|
|
7690 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
|
|
|
7691 \\[recenter] Redisplay the frame, then ask again.
|
|
|
7692 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
|
|
|
7693
|
|
|
7694 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
|
|
|
7695 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
|
|
|
7696 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
|
|
|
7697
|
|
|
7698 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
|
|
|
7699 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
|
|
|
7700 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
|
|
|
7701 execute.
|
|
|
7702
|
|
|
7703 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
|
|
|
7704 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
|
|
|
7705
|
|
|
7706 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
|
|
|
7707 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
|
|
|
7708 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
|
|
|
7709 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
|
|
|
7710 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
|
|
|
7711
|
|
|
7712 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
|
|
|
7713 looked like this:
|
|
|
7714
|
|
|
7715 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
|
|
|
7716 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
|
|
|
7717 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
|
|
|
7718
|
|
|
7719 You could enter the names in this format:
|
|
|
7720
|
|
|
7721 foo
|
|
|
7722 bar
|
|
|
7723 baz
|
|
|
7724
|
|
|
7725 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
|
|
|
7726
|
|
|
7727 \\C-x (
|
|
|
7728 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
|
|
|
7729 \\C-x )
|
|
|
7730
|
|
|
7731 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
|
|
|
7732 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
|
|
|
7733 " t nil)
|
|
|
7734
|
|
|
7735 ;;;***
|
|
|
7736
|
|
|
7737 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook) "novice" "prim/novice.el")
|
|
|
7738
|
|
|
7739 (autoload 'disabled-command-hook "novice" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7740
|
|
|
7741 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
|
|
|
7742 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
|
|
|
7743 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
|
|
|
7744 to future sessions." t nil)
|
|
|
7745
|
|
|
7746 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
|
|
|
7747 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
|
|
|
7748 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
|
|
|
7749 to future sessions." t nil)
|
|
|
7750
|
|
|
7751 ;;;***
|
|
|
7752
|
|
|
7753 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "prim/options.el")
|
|
|
7754
|
|
|
7755 (autoload 'list-options "options" "\
|
|
|
7756 Display a list of XEmacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
|
|
|
7757
|
|
|
7758 (autoload 'edit-options "options" "\
|
|
|
7759 Edit a list of XEmacs user option values.
|
|
|
7760 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
|
|
|
7761 in which there are commands to set the option values.
|
|
|
7762 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands." t nil)
|
|
|
7763
|
|
|
7764 ;;;***
|
|
|
7765
|
|
|
7766 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle) "rect" "prim/rect.el")
|
|
|
7767
|
|
|
7768 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7769 Delete (don't save) text in rectangle with point and mark as corners.
|
|
|
7770 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the line
|
|
|
7771 where the region begins and ending with the line where the region ends." t nil)
|
|
|
7772
|
|
|
7773 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7774 Delete contents of rectangle and return it as a list of strings.
|
|
|
7775 Arguments START and END are the corners of the rectangle.
|
|
|
7776 The value is list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
|
|
|
7777
|
|
|
7778 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7779 Return contents of rectangle with corners at START and END.
|
|
|
7780 Value is list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
|
|
|
7781
|
|
|
7782 (defvar killed-rectangle nil "\
|
|
|
7783 Rectangle for yank-rectangle to insert.")
|
|
|
7784
|
|
|
7785 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7786 Delete rectangle with corners at point and mark; save as last killed one.
|
|
|
7787 Calling from program, supply two args START and END, buffer positions.
|
|
|
7788 But in programs you might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle'." t nil)
|
|
|
7789
|
|
|
7790 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7791 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
|
|
|
7792
|
|
|
7793 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7794 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
|
|
|
7795 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
|
|
|
7796 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
|
|
|
7797 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
|
|
|
7798 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
|
|
|
7799 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
|
|
|
7800
|
|
|
7801 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7802 Blank out rectangle with corners at point and mark, shifting text right.
|
|
|
7803 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
|
|
|
7804 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle." t nil)
|
|
|
7805
|
|
|
7806 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7807 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
|
|
|
7808 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
|
|
|
7809 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
|
|
|
7810
|
|
|
7811 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
|
|
|
7812
|
|
|
7813 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7814 Blank out rectangle with corners at point and mark.
|
|
|
7815 The text previously in the region is overwritten by the blanks.
|
|
|
7816 When called from a program, requires two args which specify the corners." t nil)
|
|
|
7817
|
|
|
7818 ;;;***
|
|
|
7819
|
|
|
7820 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "prim/reposition.el")
|
|
|
7821
|
|
|
7822 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
|
|
|
7823 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
|
|
|
7824 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
|
|
|
7825 visibility of comments that precede it.
|
|
|
7826 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
|
|
|
7827 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
|
|
|
7828 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
|
|
|
7829 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
|
|
|
7830 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
|
|
|
7831 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
|
|
|
7832 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
|
|
|
7833 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
|
|
|
7834 the comment lines.
|
|
|
7835 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
|
|
|
7836 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
|
|
|
7837 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
|
|
|
7838 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
|
|
|
7839 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
|
|
|
7840
|
|
|
7841 ;;;***
|
|
|
7842
|
|
|
7843 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields sort-fields sort-float-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "prim/sort.el")
|
|
|
7844
|
|
|
7845 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
|
|
|
7846 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
|
|
|
7847 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
|
|
|
7848
|
|
|
7849 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
|
|
|
7850 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
|
|
|
7851 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
|
|
|
7852 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
|
|
|
7853 contiguous.
|
|
|
7854
|
|
|
7855 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
|
|
|
7856 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
|
|
|
7857 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
7858 the sort order.
|
|
|
7859
|
|
|
7860 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
|
|
|
7861 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
|
|
|
7862
|
|
|
7863 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
|
|
|
7864 It moves point to the start of the next record.
|
|
|
7865 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
|
|
|
7866 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
|
|
|
7867 is called.
|
|
|
7868
|
|
|
7869 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
|
|
|
7870 It should move point to the end of the record.
|
|
|
7871
|
|
|
7872 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
|
|
|
7873 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
|
|
|
7874 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
|
|
|
7875 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
|
|
|
7876 starts at the beginning of the record.
|
|
|
7877
|
|
|
7878 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
|
|
|
7879 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
|
|
|
7880 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
|
|
|
7881
|
|
|
7882 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
|
|
|
7883 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
7884 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
7885 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
7886 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
7887 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
7888
|
|
|
7889 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
|
|
|
7890 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
7891 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
7892 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
7893 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
7894 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
7895
|
|
|
7896 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
|
|
|
7897 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
7898 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
7899 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
7900 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
7901 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
7902
|
|
|
7903 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
7904 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
7905 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
|
|
|
7906 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region.
|
|
|
7907 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
|
|
|
7908 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
7909 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
|
|
|
7910 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
7911 the sort order.
|
|
|
7912 If you want to sort floating-point numbers, try `sort-float-fields'." t nil)
|
|
|
7913
|
|
|
7914 (autoload 'sort-float-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
7915 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
7916 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. Specified field
|
|
|
7917 must contain a floating point number in each line of the region. With a
|
|
|
7918 negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. Called from a
|
|
|
7919 program, there are three arguments: FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify
|
|
|
7920 region to sort." t nil)
|
|
|
7921
|
|
|
7922 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
7923 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
7924 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
|
|
|
7925 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
|
|
|
7926 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
7927 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
|
|
|
7928
|
|
|
7929 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
7930 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
|
|
|
7931 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
|
|
|
7932 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
|
|
|
7933 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
|
|
|
7934 is to be used for sorting.
|
|
|
7935 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
|
|
|
7936 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
|
|
|
7937 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
|
|
|
7938 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
|
|
|
7939 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
|
|
|
7940
|
|
|
7941 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
|
|
|
7942
|
|
|
7943 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
7944 the sort order.
|
|
|
7945
|
|
|
7946 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
|
|
|
7947 starting with the letter \"f\",
|
|
|
7948 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
|
|
|
7949
|
|
|
7950 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
|
|
|
7951 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
|
|
|
7952 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
|
|
|
7953 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
|
|
|
7954 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
|
|
|
7955 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
|
|
|
7956 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
7957 the sort order.
|
|
|
7958
|
|
|
7959 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
|
|
|
7960 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
|
|
|
7961 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
|
|
|
7962 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
|
|
|
7963 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
|
|
|
7964
|
|
|
7965 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
|
|
|
7966 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
|
|
|
7967 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
|
|
|
7968
|
|
|
7969 ;;;***
|
|
|
7970
|
|
|
7971 ;;;### (autoloads (load-default-sounds load-sound-file) "sound" "prim/sound.el")
|
|
|
7972
|
|
|
7973 (or sound-alist (setq sound-alist '((ready nil) (warp nil))))
|
|
|
7974
|
|
|
7975 (autoload 'load-sound-file "sound" "\
|
|
|
7976 Read in an audio-file and add it to the sound-alist.
|
|
|
7977
|
|
|
7978 You can only play sound files if you are running on display 0 of the console
|
|
|
7979 of a Sun SparcStation, SGI machine, or HP9000s700, or running a NetAudio
|
|
|
7980 server. The sound file must be in the Sun/NeXT U-LAW format." t nil)
|
|
|
7981
|
|
|
7982 (autoload 'load-default-sounds "sound" "\
|
|
|
7983 Load and install some sound files as beep-types.
|
|
|
7984 This only works if you're on display 0 of a Sun SparcStation, SGI machine,
|
|
|
7985 or HP9000s700, or running a NetAudio server." t nil)
|
|
|
7986
|
|
|
7987 ;;;***
|
|
|
7988
|
|
|
7989 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "prim/tabify.el")
|
|
|
7990
|
|
|
7991 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
|
|
|
7992 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
|
|
|
7993 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
|
|
|
7994 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
|
|
|
7995 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
|
|
|
7996
|
|
|
7997 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
|
|
|
7998 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
|
|
|
7999 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
|
|
|
8000 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
|
|
|
8001 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
|
|
|
8002 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
|
|
|
8003 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
|
|
|
8004
|
|
|
8005 ;;;***
|
|
|
8006
|
|
|
8007 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "prim/userlock.el")
|
|
|
8008
|
|
|
8009 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
|
|
|
8010 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by USER.
|
|
|
8011 This function has a choice of three things to do:
|
|
|
8012 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE USER))
|
|
|
8013 to refrain from editing the file
|
|
|
8014 return t (grab the lock on the file)
|
|
|
8015 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
|
|
|
8016 You can rewrite it to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do." nil nil)
|
|
|
8017
|
|
|
8018 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
|
|
|
8019 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
|
|
|
8020 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
|
|
|
8021 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
|
|
|
8022 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
|
|
|
8023
|
|
|
8024 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
|
|
|
8025 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
|
|
|
8026
|
|
|
8027 ;;;***
|
|
|
8028
|
|
|
8029 ;;;### (autoloads (style-format) "psgml-fs" "psgml/psgml-fs.el")
|
|
|
8030
|
|
|
8031 (autoload 'style-format "psgml-fs" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8032
|
|
|
8033 ;;;***
|
|
|
8034
|
|
|
8035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "psgml-html" "psgml/psgml-html.el")
|
|
|
8036
|
|
|
8037 (autoload 'html-mode "psgml-html" "\
|
|
|
8038 HTML mode." t)
|
|
|
8039
|
|
|
8040 (autoload 'html3-mode "psgml-html" "\
|
|
|
8041 HTML3 mode." t)
|
|
|
8042
|
|
|
8043 ;;;***
|
|
|
8044
|
|
|
8045 ;;;### (autoloads (sgml-mode) "psgml" "psgml/psgml.el")
|
|
|
8046
|
|
|
8047 (autoload 'sgml-mode "psgml" "\
|
|
|
8048 Major mode for editing SGML.\\<sgml-mode-map>
|
|
|
8049 Makes > display the matching <. Makes / display matching /.
|
|
|
8050 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
|
|
|
8051
|
|
|
8052 You can find information with:
|
|
|
8053 \\[sgml-show-context] Show the nesting of elements at cursor position.
|
|
|
8054 \\[sgml-list-valid-tags] Show the tags valid at cursor position.
|
|
|
8055
|
|
|
8056 Insert tags with completion of contextually valid tags with \\[sgml-insert-tag].
|
|
|
8057 End the current element with \\[sgml-insert-end-tag]. Insert an element (i.e.
|
|
|
8058 both start and end tag) with \\[sgml-insert-element]. Or tag a region with
|
|
|
8059 \\[sgml-tag-region].
|
|
|
8060
|
|
|
8061 To tag a region with the mouse, use transient mark mode or secondary selection.
|
|
|
8062
|
|
|
8063 Structure editing:
|
|
|
8064 \\[sgml-backward-element] Moves backwards over the previous element.
|
|
|
8065 \\[sgml-forward-element] Moves forward over the nex element.
|
|
|
8066 \\[sgml-down-element] Move forward and down one level in the element structure.
|
|
|
8067 \\[sgml-backward-up-element] Move backward out of this element level.
|
|
|
8068 \\[sgml-beginning-of-element] Move to after the start tag of the current element.
|
|
|
8069 \\[sgml-end-of-element] Move to before the end tag of the current element.
|
|
|
8070 \\[sgml-kill-element] Kill the element following the cursor.
|
|
|
8071
|
|
|
8072 Finding interesting positions
|
|
|
8073 \\[sgml-next-data-field] Move forward to next point where data is allowed.
|
|
|
8074 \\[sgml-next-trouble-spot] Move forward to next point where something is
|
|
|
8075 amiss with the structure.
|
|
|
8076
|
|
|
8077 Folding and unfolding
|
|
|
8078 \\[sgml-fold-element] Fold the lines comprising the current element, leaving
|
|
|
8079 the first line visible.
|
|
|
8080 \\[sgml-fold-subelement] Fold the elements in the content of the current element.
|
|
|
8081 Leaving the first line of every element visible.
|
|
|
8082 \\[sgml-unfold-line] Show hidden lines in current line.
|
|
|
8083
|
|
|
8084 User options:
|
|
|
8085
|
|
|
8086 sgml-omittag Set this to reflect OMITTAG in the SGML declaration.
|
|
|
8087 sgml-shortag Set this to reflect SHORTTAG in the SGML declaration.
|
|
|
8088 sgml-auto-insert-required-elements If non-nil, automatically insert required
|
|
|
8089 elements in the content of an inserted element.
|
|
|
8090 sgml-balanced-tag-edit If non-nil, always insert start-end tag pairs.
|
|
|
8091 sgml-omittag-transparent If non-nil, will show legal tags inside elements
|
|
|
8092 with omitable start tags and legal tags beyond omitable end tags.
|
|
|
8093 sgml-leave-point-after-insert If non-nil, the point will remain after
|
|
|
8094 inserted tag(s).
|
|
|
8095 sgml-warn-about-undefined-elements If non-nil, print a warning when a tag
|
|
|
8096 for a undefined element is found.
|
|
|
8097 sgml-max-menu-size Max number of entries in Tags and Entities menus before
|
|
|
8098 they are split into several panes.
|
|
|
8099 sgml-always-quote-attributes If non-nil, quote all attribute values
|
|
|
8100 inserted after finishing edit attributes.
|
|
|
8101 sgml-minimize-attributes Determines minimization of attributes inserted by
|
|
|
8102 edit-attributes.
|
|
|
8103 sgml-normalize-trims If non-nil, sgml-normalize will trim off white space
|
|
|
8104 from end of element when adding end tag.
|
|
|
8105 sgml-indent-step How much to increament indent for every element level.
|
|
|
8106 sgml-indent-data If non-nil, indent in data/mixed context also.
|
|
|
8107 sgml-set-face If non-nil, psgml will set the face of parsed markup.
|
|
|
8108 sgml-markup-faces The faces used when the above variable is non-nil.
|
|
|
8109 sgml-system-path List of directorys used to look for system identifiers.
|
|
|
8110 sgml-public-map Mapping from public identifiers to file names.
|
|
|
8111 sgml-offer-save If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before
|
|
|
8112 \\[sgml-validate] is run.
|
|
|
8113
|
|
|
8114 All bindings:
|
|
|
8115 \\{sgml-mode-map}
|
|
|
8116 " t nil)
|
|
|
8117
|
|
|
8118 ;;;***
|
|
|
8119
|
|
|
8120 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-input rmail-mode rmail) "rmail" "rmail/rmail.el")
|
|
|
8121
|
|
|
8122 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
|
|
|
8123 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
|
|
|
8124 A value of nil means exclude your own name only.")
|
|
|
8125
|
|
|
8126 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
|
|
|
8127 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
|
|
|
8128 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
|
|
|
8129 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
|
|
|
8130 value is the user's name.)
|
|
|
8131 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
|
|
|
8132
|
|
|
8133 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
|
|
|
8134 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
|
|
|
8135
|
|
|
8136 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
|
|
|
8137 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
|
|
|
8138 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
|
|
|
8139 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
|
|
|
8140 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
|
|
|
8141
|
|
|
8142 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
|
|
|
8143 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
|
|
|
8144
|
|
|
8145 (defvar rmail-retry-setup-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8146 Hook that `rmail-retry-failure' uses in place of `mail-setup-hook'.")
|
|
|
8147
|
|
|
8148 (defvar rmail-last-file nil)
|
|
|
8149
|
|
|
8150 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8151 Read and edit incoming mail.
|
|
|
8152 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
|
|
|
8153 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
|
|
|
8154 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
|
|
|
8155
|
|
|
8156 May be called with filename as argument; then performs rmail editing on
|
|
|
8157 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file." t nil)
|
|
|
8158
|
|
|
8159 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8160 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
|
|
|
8161 All normal editing commands are turned off.
|
|
|
8162 Instead, these commands are available:
|
|
|
8163
|
|
|
8164 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
|
|
|
8165 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
|
|
|
8166 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
|
|
|
8167 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
|
|
|
8168 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
|
|
|
8169 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
|
|
|
8170 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
|
|
|
8171 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
|
|
|
8172 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
|
|
|
8173 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
|
|
|
8174 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
|
|
|
8175 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
|
|
|
8176 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
|
|
|
8177 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
|
|
|
8178 till a deleted message is found.
|
|
|
8179 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
|
|
|
8180 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
|
|
|
8181 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
|
|
|
8182 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
|
|
|
8183 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
|
|
|
8184 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
|
|
|
8185 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
|
|
|
8186 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
|
|
|
8187 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
|
|
|
8188 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
|
|
|
8189 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
|
|
|
8190 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
|
|
|
8191 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
|
|
|
8192 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
|
|
|
8193 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
|
|
|
8194 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
|
|
|
8195 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
|
|
|
8196 (label defaults to last one specified).
|
|
|
8197 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
|
|
|
8198 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
|
|
|
8199 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
|
|
|
8200 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
|
|
|
8201 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
|
|
|
8202 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
|
|
|
8203 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
|
|
|
8204 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
|
|
|
8205 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
|
|
|
8206
|
|
|
8207 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8208 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
|
|
|
8209
|
|
|
8210 ;;;***
|
|
|
8211
|
|
|
8212 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-file-p) "rmailout" "rmail/rmailout.el")
|
|
|
8213
|
|
|
8214 (autoload 'rmail-file-p "rmailout" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
8215
|
|
|
8216 ;;;***
|
|
|
8217
|
|
|
8218 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "rmail/unrmail.el")
|
|
|
8219
|
|
|
8220 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
|
|
|
8221 Convert Rmail files to mailbox files.
|
|
|
8222 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
|
|
|
8223 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
|
|
|
8224 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
|
|
|
8225 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
|
|
|
8226
|
|
|
8227 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
|
|
|
8228 Convert Rmail file FILE to mailbox-format file TO-FILE." t nil)
|
|
|
8229
|
|
|
8230 ;;;***
|
|
|
8231
|
|
|
8232 ;;;### (autoloads (mime/editor-mode) "tm-edit" "tm/tm-edit.el")
|
|
|
8233
|
|
|
8234 (autoload 'mime/editor-mode "tm-edit" "\
|
|
|
8235 MIME minor mode for editing the tagged MIME message.
|
|
|
8236
|
|
|
8237 In this mode, basically, the message is composed in the tagged MIME
|
|
|
8238 format. The message tag looks like:
|
|
|
8239
|
|
|
8240 --[[text/plain; charset=ISO-2022-JP][7bit]]
|
|
|
8241
|
|
|
8242 The tag specifies the MIME content type, subtype, optional parameters
|
|
|
8243 and transfer encoding of the message following the tag. Messages
|
|
|
8244 without any tag are treated as `text/plain' by default. Charset and
|
|
|
8245 transfer encoding are automatically defined unless explicitly
|
|
|
8246 specified. Binary messages such as audio and image are usually hidden.
|
|
|
8247 The messages in the tagged MIME format are automatically translated
|
|
|
8248 into a MIME compliant message when exiting this mode.
|
|
|
8249
|
|
|
8250 Available charsets depend on Emacs version being used. The following
|
|
|
8251 lists the available charsets of each emacs.
|
|
|
8252
|
|
|
8253 EMACS 18: US-ASCII is only available.
|
|
|
8254 NEmacs: US-ASCII and ISO-2022-JP are available.
|
|
|
8255 EMACS 19: US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1 (or other charset) are available.
|
|
|
8256 XEmacs 19: US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1 (or other charset) are available.
|
|
|
8257 Mule: US-ASCII, ISO-8859-* (except for ISO-8859-5), KOI8-R,
|
|
|
8258 ISO-2022-JP, ISO-2022-JP-2, ISO-2022-KR, BIG5 and
|
|
|
8259 ISO-2022-INT-1 are available.
|
|
|
8260
|
|
|
8261 ISO-2022-JP-2 and ISO-2022-INT-1 charsets used in mule is expected to
|
|
|
8262 be used to represent multilingual text in intermixed manner. Any
|
|
|
8263 languages that has no registered charset are represented as either
|
|
|
8264 ISO-2022-JP-2 or ISO-2022-INT-1 in mule.
|
|
|
8265
|
|
|
8266 If you want to use non-ISO-8859-1 charset in EMACS 19 or XEmacs 19,
|
|
|
8267 please set variable `default-mime-charset'. This variable must be
|
|
|
8268 symbol of which name is a MIME charset.
|
|
|
8269
|
|
|
8270 If you want to add more charsets in mule, please set variable
|
|
|
8271 `charsets-mime-charset-alist'. This variable must be alist of which
|
|
|
8272 key is list of leading-char/charset and value is symbol of MIME
|
|
|
8273 charset. (leading-char is a term of MULE 1.* and 2.*. charset is a
|
|
|
8274 term of XEmacs/mule, mule merged EMACS and MULE 3.*) If name of
|
|
|
8275 coding-system is different as MIME charset, please set variable
|
|
|
8276 `mime-charset-coding-system-alist'. This variable must be alist of
|
|
|
8277 which key is MIME charset and value is coding-system.
|
|
|
8278
|
|
|
8279 Following commands are available in addition to major mode commands:
|
|
|
8280
|
|
|
8281 [make single part]
|
|
|
8282 \\[mime-editor/insert-text] insert a text message.
|
|
|
8283 \\[mime-editor/insert-file] insert a (binary) file.
|
|
|
8284 \\[mime-editor/insert-external] insert a reference to external body.
|
|
|
8285 \\[mime-editor/insert-voice] insert a voice message.
|
|
|
8286 \\[mime-editor/insert-message] insert a mail or news message.
|
|
|
8287 \\[mime-editor/insert-mail] insert a mail message.
|
|
|
8288 \\[mime-editor/insert-signature] insert a signature file at end.
|
|
|
8289 \\[mime-editor/insert-key] insert PGP public key.
|
|
|
8290 \\[mime-editor/insert-tag] insert a new MIME tag.
|
|
|
8291
|
|
|
8292 [make enclosure (maybe multipart)]
|
|
|
8293 \\[mime-editor/enclose-alternative-region] enclose as multipart/alternative.
|
|
|
8294 \\[mime-editor/enclose-parallel-region] enclose as multipart/parallel.
|
|
|
8295 \\[mime-editor/enclose-mixed-region] enclose as multipart/mixed.
|
|
|
8296 \\[mime-editor/enclose-digest-region] enclose as multipart/digest.
|
|
|
8297 \\[mime-editor/enclose-signed-region] enclose as PGP signed.
|
|
|
8298 \\[mime-editor/enclose-encrypted-region] enclose as PGP encrypted.
|
|
|
8299 \\[mime-editor/enclose-quote-region] enclose as verbose mode (to avoid to expand tags)
|
|
|
8300
|
|
|
8301 [other commands]
|
|
|
8302 \\[mime-editor/set-transfer-level-7bit] set transfer-level as 7.
|
|
|
8303 \\[mime-editor/set-transfer-level-8bit] set transfer-level as 8.
|
|
|
8304 \\[mime-editor/set-split] set message splitting mode.
|
|
|
8305 \\[mime-editor/set-sign] set PGP-sign mode.
|
|
|
8306 \\[mime-editor/set-encrypt] set PGP-encryption mode.
|
|
|
8307 \\[mime-editor/preview-message] preview editing MIME message.
|
|
|
8308 \\[mime-editor/exit] exit and translate into a MIME compliant message.
|
|
|
8309 \\[mime-editor/help] show this help.
|
|
|
8310 \\[mime-editor/maybe-translate] exit and translate if in MIME mode, then split.
|
|
|
8311
|
|
|
8312 Additional commands are available in some major modes:
|
|
|
8313 C-c C-c exit, translate and run the original command.
|
|
|
8314 C-c C-s exit, translate and run the original command.
|
|
|
8315
|
|
|
8316 The following is a message example written in the tagged MIME format.
|
|
|
8317 TABs at the beginning of the line are not a part of the message:
|
|
|
8318
|
|
|
8319 This is a conventional plain text. It should be translated
|
|
|
8320 into text/plain.
|
|
|
8321 --[[text/plain]]
|
|
|
8322 This is also a plain text. But, it is explicitly specified as
|
|
|
8323 is.
|
|
|
8324 --[[text/plain; charset=ISO-2022-JP]]
|
|
|
8325 ...Japanese text here....
|
|
|
8326 --[[text/richtext]]
|
|
|
8327 <center>This is a richtext.</center>
|
|
|
8328 --[[image/gif][base64]]^M...image encoded in base64 here...
|
|
|
8329 --[[audio/basic][base64]]^M...audio encoded in base64 here...
|
|
|
8330
|
|
|
8331 User customizable variables (not documented all of them):
|
|
|
8332 mime-prefix
|
|
|
8333 Specifies a key prefix for MIME minor mode commands.
|
|
|
8334
|
|
|
8335 mime-ignore-preceding-spaces
|
|
|
8336 Preceding white spaces in a message body are ignored if non-nil.
|
|
|
8337
|
|
|
8338 mime-ignore-trailing-spaces
|
|
|
8339 Trailing white spaces in a message body are ignored if non-nil.
|
|
|
8340
|
|
|
8341 mime-auto-hide-body
|
|
|
8342 Hide a non-textual body message encoded in base64 after insertion
|
|
|
8343 if non-nil.
|
|
|
8344
|
|
|
8345 mime-editor/transfer-level
|
|
|
8346 A number of network transfer level. It should be bigger than 7.
|
|
|
8347 If you are in 8bit-through environment, please set 8.
|
|
|
8348
|
|
|
8349 mime-editor/voice-recorder
|
|
|
8350 Specifies a function to record a voice message and encode it.
|
|
|
8351 The function `mime-editor/voice-recorder-for-sun' is for Sun
|
|
|
8352 SparcStations.
|
|
|
8353
|
|
|
8354 mime/editor-mode-hook
|
|
|
8355 Turning on MIME mode calls the value of mime/editor-mode-hook, if
|
|
|
8356 it is non-nil.
|
|
|
8357
|
|
|
8358 mime-editor/translate-hook
|
|
|
8359 The value of mime-editor/translate-hook is called just before translating
|
|
|
8360 the tagged MIME format into a MIME compliant message if it is
|
|
|
8361 non-nil. If the hook call the function mime-editor/insert-signature,
|
|
|
8362 the signature file will be inserted automatically.
|
|
|
8363
|
|
|
8364 mime-editor/exit-hook
|
|
|
8365 Turning off MIME mode calls the value of mime-editor/exit-hook, if it is
|
|
|
8366 non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
8367
|
|
|
8368 (defalias 'edit-mime 'mime/editor-mode)
|
|
|
8369
|
|
|
8370 ;;;***
|
|
|
8371
|
|
|
8372 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve url-cache-expired url-popup-info url-get-url-at-point url-buffer-visiting url-normalize-url url-file-attributes) "url" "url/url.el")
|
|
|
8373
|
|
|
8374 (autoload 'url-file-attributes "url" "\
|
|
|
8375 Return a list of attributes of URL.
|
|
|
8376 Value is nil if specified file cannot be opened.
|
|
|
8377 Otherwise, list elements are:
|
|
|
8378 0. t for directory, string (name linked to) for symbolic link, or nil.
|
|
|
8379 1. Number of links to file.
|
|
|
8380 2. File uid.
|
|
|
8381 3. File gid.
|
|
|
8382 4. Last access time, as a list of two integers.
|
|
|
8383 First integer has high-order 16 bits of time, second has low 16 bits.
|
|
|
8384 5. Last modification time, likewise.
|
|
|
8385 6. Last status change time, likewise.
|
|
|
8386 7. Size in bytes. (-1, if number is out of range).
|
|
|
8387 8. File modes, as a string of ten letters or dashes as in ls -l.
|
|
|
8388 If URL is on an http server, this will return the content-type if possible.
|
|
|
8389 9. t iff file's gid would change if file were deleted and recreated.
|
|
|
8390 10. inode number.
|
|
|
8391 11. Device number.
|
|
|
8392
|
|
|
8393 If file does not exist, returns nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
8394
|
|
|
8395 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url" "\
|
|
|
8396 Return a 'normalized' version of URL. This strips out default port
|
|
|
8397 numbers, etc." nil nil)
|
|
|
8398
|
|
|
8399 (autoload 'url-buffer-visiting "url" "\
|
|
|
8400 Return the name of a buffer (if any) that is visiting URL." nil nil)
|
|
|
8401
|
|
|
8402 (autoload 'url-get-url-at-point "url" "\
|
|
|
8403 Get the URL closest to point, but don't change your
|
|
|
8404 position. Has a preference for looking backward when not
|
|
|
8405 directly on a symbol." nil nil)
|
|
|
8406
|
|
|
8407 (autoload 'url-popup-info "url" "\
|
|
|
8408 Retrieve the HTTP/1.0 headers and display them in a temp buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
8409
|
|
|
8410 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url" "\
|
|
|
8411 Return t iff a cached file has expired." nil nil)
|
|
|
8412
|
|
|
8413 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
|
|
|
8414 Retrieve a document over the World Wide Web.
|
|
|
8415 The document should be specified by its fully specified
|
|
|
8416 Uniform Resource Locator. No parsing is done, just return the
|
|
|
8417 document as the server sent it. The document is left in the
|
|
|
8418 buffer specified by url-working-buffer. url-working-buffer is killed
|
|
|
8419 immediately before starting the transfer, so that no buffer-local
|
|
|
8420 variables interfere with the retrieval. HTTP/1.0 redirection will
|
|
|
8421 be honored before this function exits." nil nil)
|
|
|
8422
|
|
|
8423 ;;;***
|
|
|
8424
|
|
|
8425 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice) "advice" "utils/advice.el")
|
|
|
8426
|
|
|
8427 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
|
|
|
8428 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
|
|
|
8429 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
|
|
|
8430 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
|
|
|
8431 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
|
|
|
8432 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
|
|
|
8433 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
|
|
|
8434 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
|
|
|
8435 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
|
|
|
8436 interpreted as `error'.")
|
|
|
8437
|
|
|
8438 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
|
|
|
8439 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
|
|
|
8440 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
|
|
|
8441 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
|
|
|
8442 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
|
|
|
8443 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
|
|
|
8444 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
|
|
|
8445 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
|
|
|
8446
|
|
|
8447 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
|
|
|
8448 Adds a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
|
|
|
8449 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
|
|
|
8450 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
|
|
|
8451 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
|
|
|
8452 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
|
|
|
8453 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
|
|
|
8454 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
|
|
|
8455 will be overwritten with the new one.
|
|
|
8456 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
|
|
|
8457 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
|
|
|
8458 will clear the cache." nil nil)
|
|
|
8459
|
|
|
8460 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
|
|
|
8461 Defines a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
|
|
|
8462 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
|
|
|
8463
|
|
|
8464 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
|
|
|
8465 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
|
|
|
8466 BODY... )
|
|
|
8467
|
|
|
8468 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
|
|
|
8469 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
|
|
|
8470 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
|
|
|
8471 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
|
|
|
8472 see also `ad-add-advice'.
|
|
|
8473 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
|
|
|
8474 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
|
|
|
8475 before/around/after-advices will be used.
|
|
|
8476 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
|
|
|
8477 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
|
|
|
8478 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
|
|
|
8479 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
|
|
|
8480 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
|
|
|
8481 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
|
|
|
8482
|
|
|
8483 Semantics of the various flags:
|
|
|
8484 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
|
|
|
8485 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
|
|
|
8486 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
|
|
|
8487
|
|
|
8488 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
|
|
|
8489 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
|
|
|
8490
|
|
|
8491 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
|
|
|
8492 advised function should be compiled.
|
|
|
8493
|
|
|
8494 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
|
|
|
8495 during activation until somebody enables it.
|
|
|
8496
|
|
|
8497 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
|
|
|
8498 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
|
|
|
8499 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
|
|
|
8500 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
|
|
|
8501
|
|
|
8502 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
|
|
|
8503 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
|
|
|
8504 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
|
|
|
8505 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
|
|
|
8506 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
|
|
|
8507 during preloading.
|
|
|
8508
|
|
|
8509 Look at the file `advice.el' for comprehensive documentation." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
8510
|
|
|
8511 ;;;***
|
|
|
8512
|
|
|
8513 ;;;### (autoloads (all-annotations annotation-list annotations-at annotations-in-region annotation-at annotationp delete-annotation make-annotation) "annotations" "utils/annotations.el")
|
|
|
8514
|
|
|
8515 (defvar make-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8516 *Function or functions to run immediately after creating an annotation.")
|
|
|
8517
|
|
|
8518 (defvar before-delete-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8519 *Function or functions to run immediately before deleting an annotation.")
|
|
|
8520
|
|
|
8521 (defvar after-delete-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8522 *Function or functions to run immediately after deleting an annotation.")
|
|
|
8523
|
|
|
8524 (autoload 'make-annotation "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8525 Create a marginal annotation, displayed using GLYPH, at position POS.
|
|
|
8526 GLYPH may be either a glyph object or a string. Use layout policy
|
|
|
8527 LAYOUT and place the annotation in buffer BUFFER. If POS is nil, point is
|
|
|
8528 used. If LAYOUT is nil, `whitespace' is used. If BUFFER is nil, the
|
|
|
8529 current buffer is used. If WITH-EVENT is non-nil, then when an annotation
|
|
|
8530 is activated, the triggering event is passed as the second arg to the
|
|
|
8531 annotation function. If D-GLYPH is non-nil then it is used as the glyph
|
|
|
8532 that will be displayed when button1 is down. If RIGHTP is non-nil then
|
|
|
8533 the glyph will be displayed on the right side of the buffer instead of the
|
|
|
8534 left." nil nil)
|
|
|
8535
|
|
|
8536 (autoload 'delete-annotation "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8537 Remove ANNOTATION from its buffer. This does not modify the buffer text." nil nil)
|
|
|
8538
|
|
|
8539 (autoload 'annotationp "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8540 T if OBJECT is an annotation." nil nil)
|
|
|
8541
|
|
|
8542 (autoload 'annotation-at "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8543 Return the first annotation at POS in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8544 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer. POS defaults to point in BUFFER." nil nil)
|
|
|
8545
|
|
|
8546 (autoload 'annotations-in-region "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8547 Return all annotations in BUFFER between START and END inclusively." nil nil)
|
|
|
8548
|
|
|
8549 (autoload 'annotations-at "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8550 Return a list of all annotations at POS in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8551 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used. If POS is nil, point is used." nil nil)
|
|
|
8552
|
|
|
8553 (autoload 'annotation-list "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8554 Return a list of all annotations in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8555 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used." nil nil)
|
|
|
8556
|
|
|
8557 (autoload 'all-annotations "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8558 Return a list of all annotations in existence." nil nil)
|
|
|
8559
|
|
|
8560 ;;;***
|
|
|
8561
|
|
|
8562 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directory update-autoloads-here update-file-autoloads generate-file-autoloads) "autoload" "utils/autoload.el")
|
|
|
8563
|
|
|
8564 (autoload 'generate-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8565 Insert at point a loaddefs autoload section for FILE.
|
|
|
8566 autoloads are generated for defuns and defmacros in FILE
|
|
|
8567 marked by `generate-autoload-cookie' (which see).
|
|
|
8568 If FILE is being visited in a buffer, the contents of the buffer
|
|
|
8569 are used." t nil)
|
|
|
8570
|
|
|
8571 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8572 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
|
|
|
8573 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
|
|
|
8574
|
|
|
8575 (autoload 'update-autoloads-here "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8576 Update sections of the current buffer generated by `update-file-autoloads'." t nil)
|
|
|
8577
|
|
|
8578 (autoload 'update-autoloads-from-directory "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8579 Update `generated-autoload-file' with all the current autoloads from DIR.
|
|
|
8580 This runs `update-file-autoloads' on each .el file in DIR.
|
|
|
8581 Obsolete autoload entries for files that no longer exist are deleted." t nil)
|
|
|
8582
|
|
|
8583 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8584 Update the autoloads for the files or directories on the command line.
|
|
|
8585 Runs `update-file-autoloads' on files and `update-directory-autoloads'
|
|
|
8586 on directories. Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
8587 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
8588 For example, invoke `xemacs -batch -f batch-update-autoloads *.el'." nil nil)
|
|
|
8589
|
|
|
8590 ;;;***
|
|
|
8591
|
|
|
8592 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "utils/browse-url.el")
|
|
|
8593
|
|
|
8594 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-w3 "\
|
|
|
8595 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
|
|
|
8596 Used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
|
|
|
8597 `browse-url-of-file' commands.")
|
|
|
8598
|
|
|
8599 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8600 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8601
|
|
|
8602 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
|
|
|
8603 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
|
|
|
8604
|
|
|
8605 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
|
|
|
8606 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
|
|
|
8607 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
|
|
|
8608 the effect of browse-url-new-window-p.
|
|
|
8609
|
|
|
8610 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
|
|
|
8611 used instead of browse-url-new-window-p." t nil)
|
|
|
8612
|
|
|
8613 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8614 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8615 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8616
|
|
|
8617 (autoload 'browse-url-grail "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8618 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8619 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
|
|
|
8620 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
|
|
|
8621
|
|
|
8622 (autoload 'browse-url-iximosaic "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8623 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8624 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8625
|
|
|
8626 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8627 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8628 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8629
|
|
|
8630 (autoload 'browse-url-lynx-xterm "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8631 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8632 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
|
|
|
8633 in an Xterm window." t nil)
|
|
|
8634
|
|
|
8635 (autoload 'browse-url-lynx-emacs "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8636 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8637 Default to the URL around or before point. Run a new Lynx process in
|
|
|
8638 an Emacs buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
8639
|
|
|
8640 ;;;***
|
|
|
8641
|
|
|
8642 ;;;### (autoloads (docref-setup) "docref" "utils/docref.el")
|
|
|
8643
|
|
|
8644 (autoload 'docref-setup "docref" "\
|
|
|
8645 Process docref cross-references in the current buffer.
|
|
|
8646 See also \\(f@docref-subst)." t nil)
|
|
|
8647
|
|
|
8648 ;;;***
|
|
|
8649
|
|
|
8650 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "utils/easymenu.el")
|
|
|
8651
|
|
|
8652 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
|
|
|
8653 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
|
|
|
8654 The arguments SYMBOL and DOC are ignored; they are present for
|
|
|
8655 compatibility only. SYMBOL is not evaluated. In other Emacs versions
|
|
|
8656 these arguments may be used as a variable to hold the menu data, and a
|
|
|
8657 doc string for that variable.
|
|
|
8658
|
|
|
8659 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
|
|
|
8660 The rest of the elements are menu items.
|
|
|
8661
|
|
|
8662 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
|
|
|
8663
|
|
|
8664 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
|
|
|
8665
|
|
|
8666 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
|
|
|
8667 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
|
|
|
8668
|
|
|
8669 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
8670 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
8671
|
|
|
8672 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
|
|
|
8673
|
|
|
8674 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
|
|
|
8675
|
|
|
8676 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbol defined below.
|
|
|
8677
|
|
|
8678 :keys KEYS
|
|
|
8679
|
|
|
8680 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
|
|
|
8681
|
|
|
8682 :active ENABLE
|
|
|
8683
|
|
|
8684 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
8685 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
8686
|
|
|
8687 :suffix NAME
|
|
|
8688
|
|
|
8689 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
|
|
|
8690
|
|
|
8691 :style STYLE
|
|
|
8692
|
|
|
8693 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
|
|
|
8694 defined:
|
|
|
8695
|
|
|
8696 toggle: A checkbox.
|
|
|
8697 Currently just prepend the name with the string \"Toggle \".
|
|
|
8698 radio: A radio button.
|
|
|
8699 nil: An ordinary menu item.
|
|
|
8700
|
|
|
8701 :selected SELECTED
|
|
|
8702
|
|
|
8703 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
|
|
|
8704 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
8705 Currently just disable radio buttons, no effect on checkboxes.
|
|
|
8706
|
|
|
8707 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
|
|
|
8708 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
|
|
|
8709 as a solid horizontal line.
|
|
|
8710
|
|
|
8711 A menu item can be a list. It is treated as a submenu.
|
|
|
8712 The first element should be the submenu name. That's used as the
|
|
|
8713 menu item in the top-level menu. The cdr of the submenu list
|
|
|
8714 is a list of menu items, as above." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
8715
|
|
|
8716 ;;;***
|
|
|
8717
|
|
|
8718 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function) "elp" "utils/elp.el")
|
|
|
8719
|
|
|
8720 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
|
|
|
8721 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
|
|
|
8722 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
|
|
|
8723
|
|
|
8724 (autoload 'elp-restore-function "elp" "\
|
|
|
8725 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
|
|
|
8726 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
|
|
|
8727
|
|
|
8728 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
|
|
|
8729 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
|
|
|
8730 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
|
|
|
8731
|
|
|
8732 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
|
|
|
8733 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
|
|
|
8734 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
|
|
|
8735
|
|
|
8736 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
|
|
|
8737
|
|
|
8738 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
|
|
|
8739 Display current profiling results.
|
|
|
8740 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
|
|
|
8741 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
|
|
|
8742 displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
8743
|
|
|
8744 (autoload 'elp-submit-bug-report "elp" "\
|
|
|
8745 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil)
|
|
|
8746
|
|
|
8747 ;;;***
|
|
|
8748
|
|
|
8749 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-props facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-make-much-smaller facemenu-make-much-larger facemenu-make-smaller facemenu-make-larger facemenu-set-size-default facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "utils/facemenu.el")
|
|
|
8750
|
|
|
8751 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
|
|
|
8752 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
|
|
|
8753
|
|
|
8754 (defvar facemenu-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Set face"))) (define-key map ?o 'facemenu-set-face) map) "\
|
|
|
8755 Keymap for face-changing commands.
|
|
|
8756 `Facemenu-update' fills in the keymap according to the bindings
|
|
|
8757 requested in `facemenu-keybindings'.")
|
|
|
8758
|
|
|
8759 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8760 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
8761 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
|
|
|
8762 will not show through at all will be removed.
|
|
|
8763
|
|
|
8764 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
|
|
|
8765
|
|
|
8766 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
|
|
|
8767 this command sets the region to the requested face.
|
|
|
8768
|
|
|
8769 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
|
|
|
8770 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
8771 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
|
|
|
8772
|
|
|
8773 (autoload 'facemenu-set-foreground "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8774 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
8775 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
|
|
|
8776 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
|
|
|
8777 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
|
|
|
8778 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
|
|
|
8779 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
8780 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
|
|
|
8781
|
|
|
8782 (autoload 'facemenu-set-background "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8783 Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
8784 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
|
|
|
8785 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
|
|
|
8786 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
|
|
|
8787 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
|
|
|
8788 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
8789 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
|
|
|
8790
|
|
|
8791 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face-from-menu "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8792 Set the face of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
8793 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
|
|
|
8794 is the menu item's name.
|
|
|
8795
|
|
|
8796 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
|
|
|
8797 this command sets the region to the requested face.
|
|
|
8798
|
|
|
8799 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
|
|
|
8800 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
8801 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." nil nil)
|
|
|
8802
|
|
|
8803 (autoload 'facemenu-set-size-default "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8804
|
|
|
8805 (autoload 'facemenu-make-larger "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8806
|
|
|
8807 (autoload 'facemenu-make-smaller "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8808
|
|
|
8809 (autoload 'facemenu-make-much-larger "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8810
|
|
|
8811 (autoload 'facemenu-make-much-smaller "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8812
|
|
|
8813 (autoload 'facemenu-set-invisible "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8814 Make the region invisible.
|
|
|
8815 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
8816 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
8817
|
|
|
8818 (autoload 'facemenu-set-intangible "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8819 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
|
|
|
8820 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
8821 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
8822
|
|
|
8823 (autoload 'facemenu-set-read-only "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8824 Make the region unmodifiable.
|
|
|
8825 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
8826 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
8827
|
|
|
8828 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-props "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8829 Remove all text properties that facemenu added to region." t nil)
|
|
|
8830
|
|
|
8831 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-special "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8832 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
|
|
|
8833 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
|
|
|
8834
|
|
|
8835 (autoload 'list-text-properties-at "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8836 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
|
|
|
8837
|
|
|
8838 (autoload 'facemenu-read-color "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8839 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
8840
|
|
|
8841 (autoload 'list-colors-display "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8842 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
|
|
|
8843 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
|
|
|
8844 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
|
|
|
8845 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
|
|
|
8846
|
|
|
8847 ;;;***
|
|
|
8848
|
|
|
8849 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "utils/flow-ctrl.el")
|
|
|
8850
|
|
|
8851 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
|
|
|
8852 Toggle flow control handling.
|
|
|
8853 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
|
|
|
8854 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
|
|
|
8855
|
|
|
8856 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
|
|
|
8857 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
|
|
|
8858 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
|
|
|
8859 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
|
|
|
8860 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
|
|
|
8861 to get the effect of a C-q.
|
|
|
8862
|
|
|
8863 This function has no effect unless the current device is a tty.
|
|
|
8864
|
|
|
8865 The tty terminal type is determined from the TERM environment variable.
|
|
|
8866 Trailing hyphens and everything following is stripped, so a TERM
|
|
|
8867 value of \"vt100-nam\" is treated the same as \"vt100\"." nil nil)
|
|
|
8868
|
|
|
8869 ;;;***
|
|
|
8870
|
|
|
8871 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode) "forms" "utils/forms.el")
|
|
|
8872
|
|
|
8873 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
|
|
|
8874 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
|
|
|
8875
|
|
|
8876 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
|
|
|
8877 TAB forms-next-field TAB
|
|
|
8878 \\C-c TAB forms-next-field
|
|
|
8879 \\C-c < forms-first-record <
|
|
|
8880 \\C-c > forms-last-record >
|
|
|
8881 \\C-c ? describe-mode ?
|
|
|
8882 \\C-c \\C-k forms-delete-record
|
|
|
8883 \\C-c \\C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
|
|
|
8884 \\C-c \\C-o forms-insert-record
|
|
|
8885 \\C-c \\C-l forms-jump-record l
|
|
|
8886 \\C-c \\C-n forms-next-record n
|
|
|
8887 \\C-c \\C-p forms-prev-record p
|
|
|
8888 \\C-c \\C-r forms-search-backward r
|
|
|
8889 \\C-c \\C-s forms-search-forward s
|
|
|
8890 \\C-c \\C-x forms-exit x
|
|
|
8891 " t nil)
|
|
|
8892
|
|
|
8893 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
|
|
|
8894 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
|
|
|
8895
|
|
|
8896 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
|
|
|
8897 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
|
|
|
8898
|
|
|
8899 ;;;***
|
|
|
8900
|
|
|
8901 ;;;### (autoloads (highlight-headers-follow-url highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape highlight-headers) "highlight-headers" "utils/highlight-headers.el")
|
|
|
8902
|
|
|
8903 (autoload 'highlight-headers "highlight-headers" "\
|
|
|
8904 Highlight message headers between start and end.
|
|
|
8905 Faces used:
|
|
|
8906 message-headers the part before the colon
|
|
|
8907 message-header-contents the part after the colon
|
|
|
8908 message-highlighted-header-contents contents of \"special\" headers
|
|
|
8909 message-cited-text quoted text from other messages
|
|
|
8910
|
|
|
8911 Variables used:
|
|
|
8912
|
|
|
8913 highlight-headers-regexp what makes a \"special\" header
|
|
|
8914 highlight-headers-citation-regexp matches lines of quoted text
|
|
|
8915 highlight-headers-citation-header-regexp matches headers for quoted text
|
|
|
8916
|
|
|
8917 If HACK-SIG is true,then we search backward from END for something that
|
|
|
8918 looks like the beginning of a signature block, and don't consider that a
|
|
|
8919 part of the message (this is because signatures are often incorrectly
|
|
|
8920 interpreted as cited text.)" nil nil)
|
|
|
8921
|
|
|
8922 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape "highlight-headers" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
8923
|
|
|
8924 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic "highlight-headers" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
8925
|
|
|
8926 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url "highlight-headers" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8927
|
|
|
8928 ;;;***
|
|
|
8929
|
|
|
8930 ;;;### (autoloads (id-select-double-click-hook id-select-and-kill-thing id-select-and-copy-thing id-select-goto-matching-tag id-select-thing-with-mouse id-select-thing) "id-select" "utils/id-select.el")
|
|
|
8931
|
|
|
8932 (autoload 'id-select-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
8933 Mark the region selected by the syntax of the thing at point.
|
|
|
8934 If invoked repeatedly, selects bigger and bigger things.
|
|
|
8935 If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil, the type of selection is displayed in
|
|
|
8936 the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
8937
|
|
|
8938 (autoload 'id-select-thing-with-mouse "id-select" "\
|
|
|
8939 Select a region based on the syntax of the character from a mouse click.
|
|
|
8940 If the click occurs at the same point as the last click, select
|
|
|
8941 the next larger syntactic structure. If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil,
|
|
|
8942 the type of selection is displayed in the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
8943
|
|
|
8944 (autoload 'id-select-goto-matching-tag "id-select" "\
|
|
|
8945 If in a major mode listed in `id-select-markup-modes,' moves point to the start of the tag paired with the closest tag that point is within or precedes.
|
|
|
8946 Returns t if point is moved, else nil.
|
|
|
8947 Signals an error if no tag is found following point or if the closing tag
|
|
|
8948 does not have a `>' terminator character." t nil)
|
|
|
8949
|
|
|
8950 (autoload 'id-select-and-copy-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
8951 Copy the region surrounding the syntactical unit at point." t nil)
|
|
|
8952
|
|
|
8953 (autoload 'id-select-and-kill-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
8954 Kill the region surrounding the syntactical unit at point." t nil)
|
|
|
8955
|
|
|
8956 (autoload 'id-select-double-click-hook "id-select" "\
|
|
|
8957 Select a region based on the syntax of the character wherever the mouse is double-clicked.
|
|
|
8958 If the double-click occurs at the same point as the last double-click, select
|
|
|
8959 the next larger syntactic structure. If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil,
|
|
|
8960 the type of selection is displayed in the minibuffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
8961
|
|
|
8962 ;;;***
|
|
|
8963
|
|
|
8964 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "utils/loadhist.el")
|
|
|
8965
|
|
|
8966 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
|
|
|
8967 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
|
|
|
8968 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE
|
|
|
8969 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
|
|
|
8970
|
|
|
8971 ;;;***
|
|
|
8972
|
|
|
8973 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "utils/mail-extr.el")
|
|
|
8974
|
|
|
8975 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
|
|
|
8976 Given an RFC-822 ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
|
|
|
8977 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
|
|
|
8978 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
|
|
|
8979 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
|
|
|
8980 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
|
|
|
8981 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
|
|
|
8982 consing a string.)
|
|
|
8983 If ADDRESS contains more than one RFC-822 address, only the first is
|
|
|
8984 returned. Some day this function may be extended to extract multiple
|
|
|
8985 addresses, or perhaps return the position at which parsing stopped." nil nil)
|
|
|
8986
|
|
|
8987 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
|
|
|
8988 Prompts for a mail domain, and prints the country it corresponds to
|
|
|
8989 in the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
8990
|
|
|
8991 ;;;***
|
|
|
8992
|
|
|
8993 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "utils/mail-utils.el")
|
|
|
8994
|
|
|
8995 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
|
|
|
8996 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
|
|
|
8997 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
|
|
|
8998 often correct parser.")
|
|
|
8999
|
|
|
9000 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9001
|
|
|
9002 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
|
|
|
9003 Return the value of the header field FIELD-NAME.
|
|
|
9004 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the headers of the message.
|
|
|
9005 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last such field if there are several.
|
|
|
9006 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between." nil nil)
|
|
|
9007
|
|
|
9008 ;;;***
|
|
|
9009
|
|
|
9010 ;;;### (autoloads (read-passwd) "passwd" "utils/passwd.el")
|
|
|
9011
|
|
|
9012 (autoload 'read-passwd "passwd" "\
|
|
|
9013 Prompts for a password in the minibuffer, and returns it as a string.
|
|
|
9014 If PROMPT may be a prompt string or an alist of elements
|
|
|
9015 '(prompt . default).
|
|
|
9016 If optional arg CONFIRM is true, then ask the user to type the password
|
|
|
9017 again to confirm that they typed it correctly.
|
|
|
9018 If optional arg DEFAULT is provided, then it is a string to insert as
|
|
|
9019 the default choice (it is not, of course, displayed.)
|
|
|
9020
|
|
|
9021 If running under X, the keyboard will be grabbed (with XGrabKeyboard())
|
|
|
9022 to reduce the possibility that evesdropping is occuring.
|
|
|
9023
|
|
|
9024 When reading a password, all keys self-insert, except for:
|
|
|
9025 \\<read-passwd-map>
|
|
|
9026 \\[read-passwd-erase-line] Erase the entire line.
|
|
|
9027 \\[quoted-insert] Insert the next character literally.
|
|
|
9028 \\[delete-backward-char] Delete the previous character.
|
|
|
9029 \\[exit-minibuffer] Accept what you have typed.
|
|
|
9030 \\[keyboard-quit] Abort the command.
|
|
|
9031
|
|
|
9032 The returned value is always a newly-created string. No additional copies
|
|
|
9033 of the password remain after this function has returned.
|
|
|
9034
|
|
|
9035 NOTE: unless great care is taken, the typed password will exist in plaintext
|
|
|
9036 form in the running image for an arbitrarily long time. Priveleged users may
|
|
|
9037 be able to extract it from memory. If emacs crashes, it may appear in the
|
|
|
9038 resultant core file.
|
|
|
9039
|
|
|
9040 Some steps you can take to prevent the password from being copied around:
|
|
|
9041
|
|
|
9042 - as soon as you are done with the returned string, destroy it with
|
|
|
9043 (fillarray string 0). The same goes for any default passwords
|
|
|
9044 or password histories.
|
|
|
9045
|
|
|
9046 - do not copy the string, as with concat or substring - if you do, be
|
|
|
9047 sure to keep track of and destroy all copies.
|
|
|
9048
|
|
|
9049 - do not insert the password into a buffer - if you do, be sure to
|
|
|
9050 overwrite the buffer text before killing it, as with the functions
|
|
|
9051 `passwd-erase-buffer' or `passwd-kill-buffer'. Note that deleting
|
|
|
9052 the text from the buffer does NOT necessarily remove the text from
|
|
|
9053 memory.
|
|
|
9054
|
|
|
9055 - be careful of the undo history - if you insert the password into a
|
|
|
9056 buffer which has undo recording turned on, the password will be
|
|
|
9057 copied onto the undo list, and thus recoverable.
|
|
|
9058
|
|
|
9059 - do not pass it as an argument to a shell command - anyone will be
|
|
|
9060 able to see it if they run `ps' at the right time.
|
|
|
9061
|
|
|
9062 Note that the password will be temporarily recoverable with the `view-lossage'
|
|
|
9063 command. This data will not be overwritten until another hundred or so
|
|
|
9064 characters are typed. There's not currently a way around this." nil nil)
|
|
|
9065
|
|
|
9066 ;;;***
|
|
|
9067
|
|
|
9068 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp" "utils/pp.el")
|
|
|
9069
|
|
|
9070 (defalias 'pprint 'pp)
|
|
|
9071
|
|
|
9072 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
|
|
|
9073 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
|
|
|
9074 Quoting characters are printed when needed to make output that `read'
|
|
|
9075 can handle, whenever this is possible.
|
|
|
9076 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
|
|
|
9077
|
|
|
9078 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
|
|
|
9079 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
|
|
|
9080 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
|
|
|
9081 instead. Value is also consed on to front of variable values 's
|
|
|
9082 value." t nil)
|
|
|
9083
|
|
|
9084 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
|
|
|
9085 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
|
|
|
9086 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
|
|
|
9087 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
|
|
|
9088
|
|
|
9089 ;;;***
|
|
|
9090
|
|
|
9091 ;;;### (autoloads (prettyexpand-all-sexp prettyexpand-sexp macroexpand-all-sexp macroexpand-sexp pp-plist pp-variable pp-function) "pretty-print" "utils/pretty-print.el")
|
|
|
9092
|
|
|
9093 (autoload 'pp-function "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9094 Pretty print the function definition of SYMBOL in a seperate buffer" t nil)
|
|
|
9095
|
|
|
9096 (autoload 'pp-variable "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9097 Pretty print the variable value of SYMBOL in a seperate buffer" t nil)
|
|
|
9098
|
|
|
9099 (autoload 'pp-plist "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9100 Pretty print the property list of SYMBOL in a seperate buffer" t nil)
|
|
|
9101
|
|
|
9102 (autoload 'macroexpand-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9103 Macro expand the sexpression following point. Pretty print expansion in a
|
|
|
9104 temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the original
|
|
|
9105 sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9106
|
|
|
9107 (autoload 'macroexpand-all-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9108 Macro expand recursively the sexpression following point. Pretty print
|
|
|
9109 expansion in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the
|
|
|
9110 original sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9111
|
|
|
9112 (autoload 'prettyexpand-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9113 Macro expand the sexpression following point. Pretty print expansion
|
|
|
9114 in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the original
|
|
|
9115 sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer.
|
|
|
9116 However, calls to macros specified in the variable
|
|
|
9117 `pp-shadow-expansion-list' are not expanded, in order to make the code
|
|
|
9118 look nicer." t nil)
|
|
|
9119
|
|
|
9120 (autoload 'prettyexpand-all-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9121 Macro expand recursively the sexpression following point. Pretty print
|
|
|
9122 expansion in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the
|
|
|
9123 original sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer.
|
|
|
9124 However, calls to macros specified in the variable
|
|
|
9125 `pp-shadow-expansion-list' are not expanded, in order to make the code
|
|
|
9126 look nicer." t nil)
|
|
|
9127
|
|
|
9128 ;;;***
|
|
|
9129
|
|
|
9130 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "utils/reporter.el")
|
|
|
9131
|
|
|
9132 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9133
|
|
|
9134 ;;;***
|
|
|
9135
|
|
|
9136 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ringp) "ring" "utils/ring.el")
|
|
|
9137
|
|
|
9138 (autoload 'ringp "ring" "\
|
|
|
9139 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
|
|
|
9140
|
|
|
9141 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'ring-p 'ringp)
|
|
|
9142
|
|
|
9143 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
|
|
|
9144 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
|
|
|
9145
|
|
|
9146 ;;;***
|
|
|
9147
|
|
|
9148 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "utils/skeleton.el")
|
|
|
9149
|
|
|
9150 (defvar skeleton-filter 'identity "\
|
|
|
9151 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
|
|
|
9152
|
|
|
9153 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9154 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
|
|
|
9155 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
|
|
|
9156 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
|
|
|
9157 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
9158
|
|
|
9159 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9160 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9161 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9162 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
|
|
|
9163 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
|
|
|
9164 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
|
|
|
9165 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
|
|
|
9166
|
|
|
9167 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
|
|
|
9168 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
|
|
|
9169 ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
9170
|
|
|
9171 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9172 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9173 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9174 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
|
|
|
9175 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
|
|
|
9176 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
|
|
|
9177 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
|
|
|
9178
|
|
|
9179 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
|
|
|
9180 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
|
|
|
9181 ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
9182
|
|
|
9183 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9184 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
|
|
|
9185
|
|
|
9186 With optional third REGIONS wrap first interesting point (`_') in skeleton
|
|
|
9187 around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive. If REGIONS is negative,
|
|
|
9188 wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first REGIONS interesting positions
|
|
|
9189 \(successive `_'s) in skeleton. An interregion is the stretch of text between
|
|
|
9190 two contiguous marked points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor)
|
|
|
9191 in alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions. But
|
|
|
9192 if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
|
|
|
9193
|
|
|
9194 Optional fourth STR is the value for the variable `str' within the skeleton.
|
|
|
9195 When this is non-`nil' the interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid
|
|
|
9196 skeleton element.
|
|
|
9197
|
|
|
9198 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
|
|
|
9199 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
|
|
|
9200
|
|
|
9201 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
|
|
|
9202 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
|
|
|
9203
|
|
|
9204 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
|
|
|
9205 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
|
|
|
9206 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
|
|
|
9207 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
|
|
|
9208 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
|
|
|
9209 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
|
|
|
9210 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
|
|
|
9211 nil skipped
|
|
|
9212
|
|
|
9213 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
|
|
|
9214 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
|
|
|
9215 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
|
|
|
9216 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
|
|
|
9217 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
|
|
|
9218 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
|
|
|
9219 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also a list of
|
|
|
9220 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
|
|
|
9221
|
|
|
9222 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated evaluated for their side-effect.
|
|
|
9223 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
|
|
|
9224 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
|
|
|
9225 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
|
|
|
9226 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
|
|
|
9227 available:
|
|
|
9228
|
|
|
9229 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
|
|
|
9230 then: insert previously read string once more
|
|
|
9231 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
|
|
|
9232 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
|
|
|
9233 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
|
|
|
9234
|
|
|
9235 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
|
|
|
9236 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
|
|
|
9237
|
|
|
9238 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9239 Insert the character you type ARG times.
|
|
|
9240
|
|
|
9241 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
|
|
|
9242 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
|
|
|
9243 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
|
|
|
9244 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
|
|
|
9245
|
|
|
9246 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
|
|
|
9247 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
|
|
|
9248 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
|
|
|
9249
|
|
|
9250 ;;;***
|
|
|
9251
|
|
|
9252 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "utils/tq.el")
|
|
|
9253
|
|
|
9254 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
|
|
|
9255 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
|
|
|
9256 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
|
|
|
9257 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
|
|
|
9258 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
|
|
|
9259
|
|
|
9260 ;;;***
|
|
|
9261
|
|
|
9262 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function) "trace" "utils/trace.el")
|
|
|
9263
|
|
|
9264 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
|
|
|
9265 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
|
|
|
9266
|
|
|
9267 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
|
|
|
9268 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
|
|
|
9269 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
|
|
|
9270 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
|
|
|
9271 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
|
|
|
9272 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
|
|
|
9273 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
|
|
|
9274 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
|
|
|
9275
|
|
|
9276 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
|
|
|
9277 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
|
|
|
9278 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
|
|
|
9279 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
|
|
|
9280 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
|
|
|
9281 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
|
|
|
9282 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
|
|
|
9283
|
|
|
9284 ;;;***
|
|
|
9285
|
|
|
9286 ;;;### (autoloads (y-or-n-p-with-timeout yes-or-no-p-with-timeout with-timeout with-timeout-internal) "with-timeout" "utils/with-timeout.el")
|
|
|
9287
|
|
|
9288 (autoload 'with-timeout-internal "with-timeout" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9289
|
|
|
9290 (autoload 'with-timeout "with-timeout" "\
|
|
|
9291 Usage: (with-timeout (seconds &rest timeout-forms) &rest body)
|
|
|
9292 This is just like progn, but if the given number of seconds expires before
|
|
|
9293 the body returns, then timeout-forms are evaluated and returned instead.
|
|
|
9294 The body won't be interrupted in the middle of a computation: the check for
|
|
|
9295 the timer expiration only occurs when body does a redisplay, or prompts the
|
|
|
9296 user for input, or calls accept-process-output." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
9297
|
|
|
9298 (autoload 'yes-or-no-p-with-timeout "with-timeout" "\
|
|
|
9299 Just like yes-or-no-p, but will time out after TIMEOUT seconds
|
|
|
9300 if the user has not yes answered, returning DEFAULT-VALUE." nil nil)
|
|
|
9301
|
|
|
9302 (autoload 'y-or-n-p-with-timeout "with-timeout" "\
|
|
|
9303 Just like y-or-n-p, but will time out after TIMEOUT seconds
|
|
|
9304 if the user has not yes answered, returning DEFAULT-VALUE." nil nil)
|
|
|
9305
|
|
|
9306 ;;;***
|
|
|
9307
|
|
|
9308 ;;;### (autoloads (xbm-button-create) "xbm-button" "utils/xbm-button.el")
|
|
|
9309
|
|
|
9310 (autoload 'xbm-button-create "xbm-button" "\
|
|
|
9311 Returns a list of XBM image instantiators for a button displaying TEXT.
|
|
|
9312 The list is of the form
|
|
|
9313 (UP DOWN DISABLED)
|
|
|
9314 where UP, DOWN, and DISABLED are the up, down and disabled image
|
|
|
9315 instantiators for the button.
|
|
|
9316
|
|
|
9317 BORDER-THICKNESS specifies how many pixels should be used for the
|
|
|
9318 borders on the edges of the buttons. It should be a positive integer,
|
|
|
9319 or 0 to mean no border." nil nil)
|
|
|
9320
|
|
|
9321 ;;;***
|
|
|
9322
|
|
|
9323 ;;;### (autoloads (xpm-button-create) "xpm-button" "utils/xpm-button.el")
|
|
|
9324
|
|
|
9325 (autoload 'xpm-button-create "xpm-button" "\
|
|
|
9326 Returns a list of XPM image instantiators for a button displaying TEXT.
|
|
|
9327 The list is of the form
|
|
|
9328 (UP DOWN DISABLED)
|
|
|
9329 where UP, DOWN, and DISABLED are the up, down and disabled image
|
|
|
9330 instantiators for the button.
|
|
|
9331
|
|
|
9332 SHADOW-THICKNESS specifies how many pixels should be used for the
|
|
|
9333 shadows on the edges of the buttons. It should be a positive integer,
|
|
|
9334 or 0 to mean no shadows on the edges.
|
|
|
9335 FG-COLOR is the color used to display the text. It should be a string.
|
|
|
9336 BG-COLOR is the background color the text will be displayed upon.
|
|
|
9337 It should be a string." nil nil)
|
|
|
9338
|
|
|
9339 ;;;***
|
|
|
9340
|
|
|
9341 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode) "viper" "viper/viper.el")
|
|
|
9342
|
|
|
9343 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
|
|
|
9344 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
|
|
|
9345
|
|
|
9346 (defalias 'vip-mode 'viper-mode)
|
|
|
9347
|
|
|
9348 ;;;***
|
|
|
9349
|
|
|
9350 ;;;### (autoloads (vm-easy-menu-create-keymaps vm-easy-menu-define) "vm-easymenu" "vm/vm-easymenu.el")
|
|
|
9351
|
|
|
9352 (autoload 'vm-easy-menu-define "vm-easymenu" "\
|
|
|
9353 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
|
|
|
9354 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
|
|
|
9355 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
|
|
|
9356
|
|
|
9357 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
|
|
|
9358 The rest of the elements are menu items.
|
|
|
9359
|
|
|
9360 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
|
|
|
9361
|
|
|
9362 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
|
|
|
9363
|
|
|
9364 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
|
|
|
9365 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
|
|
|
9366
|
|
|
9367 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
9368 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9369
|
|
|
9370 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
|
|
|
9371
|
|
|
9372 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
|
|
|
9373
|
|
|
9374 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbol defined below.
|
|
|
9375
|
|
|
9376 :keys KEYS
|
|
|
9377
|
|
|
9378 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
|
|
|
9379 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
|
|
|
9380 computed automatically.
|
|
|
9381
|
|
|
9382 :active ENABLE
|
|
|
9383
|
|
|
9384 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
9385 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9386
|
|
|
9387 :suffix NAME
|
|
|
9388
|
|
|
9389 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
|
|
|
9390
|
|
|
9391 :style
|
|
|
9392
|
|
|
9393 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
|
|
|
9394 defined:
|
|
|
9395
|
|
|
9396 toggle: A checkbox.
|
|
|
9397 Currently just prepend the name with the string \"Toggle \".
|
|
|
9398 radio: A radio button.
|
|
|
9399 nil: An ordinary menu item.
|
|
|
9400
|
|
|
9401 :selected SELECTED
|
|
|
9402
|
|
|
9403 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
|
|
|
9404 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9405 Currently just disable radio buttons, no effect on checkboxes.
|
|
|
9406
|
|
|
9407 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
|
|
|
9408 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
|
|
|
9409 as a solid horizontal line.
|
|
|
9410
|
|
|
9411 A menu item can be a list. It is treated as a submenu.
|
|
|
9412 The first element should be the submenu name. That's used as the
|
|
|
9413 menu item in the top-level menu. The cdr of the submenu list
|
|
|
9414 is a list of menu items, as above." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
9415
|
|
|
9416 (autoload 'vm-easy-menu-create-keymaps "vm-easymenu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9417
|
|
|
9418 ;;;***
|
|
|
9419
|
|
|
9420 ;;;### (autoloads (w3-use-hotlist) "w3-hot" "w3/w3-hot.el")
|
|
|
9421
|
|
|
9422 (autoload 'w3-use-hotlist "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9423 Possibly go to a link in your W3/Mosaic hotlist.
|
|
|
9424 This is part of the emacs World Wide Web browser. It will prompt for
|
|
|
9425 one of the items in your 'hotlist'. A hotlist is a list of often
|
|
|
9426 visited or interesting items you have found on the World Wide Web." t nil)
|
|
|
9427
|
|
|
9428 ;;;***
|
|
|
9429
|
|
|
9430 ;;;### (autoloads (w3-follow-link w3-follow-link-other-frame w3-do-setup w3 w3-preview-this-buffer w3-batch-fetch w3-follow-url-at-point w3-follow-url-at-point-other-frame w3-maybe-follow-link w3-maybe-follow-link-mouse w3-fetch w3-fetch-other-frame w3-find-file w3-open-local) "w3" "w3/w3.el")
|
|
|
9431
|
|
|
9432 (autoload 'w3-open-local "w3" "\
|
|
|
9433 Find a local file, and interpret it as a hypertext document.
|
|
|
9434 It will prompt for an existing file or directory, and retrieve it as a
|
|
|
9435 hypertext document. If it is a directory, and url-use-hypertext-dired
|
|
|
9436 is non-nil, then an HTML directory listing is created on the fly.
|
|
|
9437 Otherwise, dired-mode is used to visit the buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9438
|
|
|
9439 (autoload 'w3-find-file "w3" "\
|
|
|
9440 Find a local file, and interpret it as a hypertext document.
|
|
|
9441 It will prompt for an existing file or directory, and retrieve it as a
|
|
|
9442 hypertext document. If it is a directory, and url-use-hypertext-dired
|
|
|
9443 is non-nil, then an HTML directory listing is created on the fly.
|
|
|
9444 Otherwise, dired-mode is used to visit the buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9445
|
|
|
9446 (autoload 'w3-fetch-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
9447 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point in a new frame.
|
|
|
9448 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
9449 to disk." t nil)
|
|
|
9450
|
|
|
9451 (autoload 'w3-fetch "w3" "\
|
|
|
9452 Retrieve a document over the World Wide Web.
|
|
|
9453 The World Wide Web is a global hypertext system started by CERN in
|
|
|
9454 Switzerland in 1991.
|
|
|
9455
|
|
|
9456 The document should be specified by its fully specified
|
|
|
9457 Uniform Resource Locator. The document will be parsed, printed, or
|
|
|
9458 passed to an external viewer as appropriate. Variable
|
|
|
9459 `mm-mime-info' specifies viewers for particular file types." t nil)
|
|
|
9460
|
|
|
9461 (autoload 'w3-maybe-follow-link-mouse "w3" "\
|
|
|
9462 Maybe follow a hypertext link under point.
|
|
|
9463 If there is no link under point, this will try using
|
|
|
9464 url-get-url-at-point" t nil)
|
|
|
9465
|
|
|
9466 (autoload 'w3-maybe-follow-link "w3" "\
|
|
|
9467 Maybe follow a hypertext link under point.
|
|
|
9468 If there is no link under point, this will try using
|
|
|
9469 url-get-url-at-point" t nil)
|
|
|
9470
|
|
|
9471 (autoload 'w3-follow-url-at-point-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
9472 Follow the URL under PT, defaults to link under (point)" t nil)
|
|
|
9473
|
|
|
9474 (autoload 'w3-follow-url-at-point "w3" "\
|
|
|
9475 Follow the URL under PT, defaults to link under (point)" t nil)
|
|
|
9476
|
|
|
9477 (autoload 'w3-batch-fetch "w3" "\
|
|
|
9478 Fetch all the URLs on the command line and save them to files in
|
|
|
9479 the current directory. The first argument after the -f w3-batch-fetch
|
|
|
9480 on the command line should be a string specifying how to save the
|
|
|
9481 information retrieved. If it is \"html\", then the page will be
|
|
|
9482 unformatted when it is written to disk. If it is \"text\", then the
|
|
|
9483 page will be formatted before it is written to disk. If it is
|
|
|
9484 \"binary\" it will not mess with the file extensions, and just save
|
|
|
9485 the data in raw binary format. If none of those, the default is
|
|
|
9486 \"text\", and the first argument is treated as a normal URL." nil nil)
|
|
|
9487
|
|
|
9488 (autoload 'w3-preview-this-buffer "w3" "\
|
|
|
9489 See what this buffer will look like when its formatted as HTML.
|
|
|
9490 HTML is the HyperText Markup Language used by the World Wide Web to
|
|
|
9491 specify formatting for text. More information on HTML can be found at
|
|
|
9492 ftp.w3.org:/pub/www/doc." t nil)
|
|
|
9493
|
|
|
9494 (autoload 'w3 "w3" "\
|
|
|
9495 Retrieve the default World Wide Web home page.
|
|
|
9496 The World Wide Web is a global hypertext system started by CERN in
|
|
|
9497 Switzerland in 1991.
|
|
|
9498
|
|
|
9499 The home page is specified by the variable w3-default-homepage. The
|
|
|
9500 document should be specified by its fully specified Uniform Resource
|
|
|
9501 Locator. The document will be parsed as HTML (if appropriate) and
|
|
|
9502 displayed in a new buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9503
|
|
|
9504 (autoload 'w3-do-setup "w3" "\
|
|
|
9505 Do setup - this is to avoid conflict with user settings when W3 is
|
|
|
9506 dumped with emacs." nil nil)
|
|
|
9507
|
|
|
9508 (autoload 'w3-follow-link-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
9509 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point in a new frame.
|
|
|
9510 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
9511 to disk." nil nil)
|
|
|
9512
|
|
|
9513 (autoload 'w3-follow-link "w3" "\
|
|
|
9514 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point.
|
|
|
9515 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
9516 to disk." t nil)
|
|
|
9517
|
|
|
9518 ;;;***
|
|
|
9519
|
|
|
9520 ;;;### (autoloads (font-menu-weight-constructor font-menu-size-constructor font-menu-family-constructor reset-device-font-menus) "x-font-menu" "x11/x-font-menu.el")
|
|
|
9521
|
|
|
9522 (defvar font-menu-ignore-scaled-fonts t "\
|
|
|
9523 *If non-nil, then the font menu will try to show only bitmap fonts.")
|
|
|
9524
|
|
|
9525 (defvar font-menu-this-frame-only-p nil "\
|
|
|
9526 *If non-nil, then changing the default font from the font menu will only
|
|
|
9527 affect one frame instead of all frames.")
|
|
|
9528
|
|
|
9529 (fset 'install-font-menus 'reset-device-font-menus)
|
|
|
9530
|
|
|
9531 (autoload 'reset-device-font-menus "x-font-menu" "\
|
|
|
9532 Generates the `Font', `Size', and `Weight' submenus for the Options menu.
|
|
|
9533 This is run the first time that a font-menu is needed for each device.
|
|
|
9534 If you don't like the lazy invocation of this function, you can add it to
|
|
|
9535 `create-device-hook' and that will make the font menus respond more quickly
|
|
|
9536 when they are selected for the first time. If you add fonts to your system,
|
|
|
9537 or if you change your font path, you can call this to re-initialize the menus." nil nil)
|
|
|
9538
|
|
|
9539 (autoload 'font-menu-family-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9540
|
|
|
9541 (autoload 'font-menu-size-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9542
|
|
|
9543 (autoload 'font-menu-weight-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9544
|
|
|
9545 ;;;***
|
